diff options
Diffstat (limited to '37814-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/37814-h.htm | 9357 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 73431 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 4243 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_019.jpg | bin | 0 -> 51901 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_021.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41923 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_026.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38264 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_031.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27417 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_032.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14860 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_033.jpg | bin | 0 -> 57757 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_037.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31067 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_038.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32194 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_042.jpg | bin | 0 -> 76959 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_045.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43368 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_047.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24575 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_051.jpg | bin | 0 -> 52242 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_055.jpg | bin | 0 -> 53720 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_061.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47732 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_072.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42054 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_076.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29335 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_079.jpg | bin | 0 -> 63162 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_097.jpg | bin | 0 -> 98184 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_099.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44896 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_144.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54243 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_163.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54447 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_202.jpg | bin | 0 -> 48797 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_210.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18511 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_212.jpg | bin | 0 -> 71683 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_217.jpg | bin | 0 -> 46793 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_226.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28760 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_231.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33642 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_235.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29094 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_247.jpg | bin | 0 -> 40971 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37814-h/images/illus_253.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36512 bytes |
33 files changed, 9357 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/37814-h/37814-h.htm b/37814-h/37814-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4347f11 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/37814-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,9357 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<!-- $Id: header.txt 236 2009-12-07 18:57:00Z vlsimpson $ --> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Story of Magellan and the Discovery of the Philippines, by Hezekiah Butterworth + </title> +<style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + font-family: serif; + font-size: 12pt; +} + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; +} + +p { + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; +} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; +} + +.pagenum { + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; +} + + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold; + font-size: 9pt; + text-align: center; +} + + +.figleft { + float: left; + clear: left; + margin-left: 0; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 1em; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +.figright { + float: right; + clear: right; + margin-left: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of Magellan and The Discovery of +the Philippines, by Hezekiah Butterworth + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Story of Magellan and The Discovery of the Philippines + +Author: Hezekiah Butterworth + +Illustrator: Frank T. Merrill + +Release Date: October 21, 2011 [EBook #37814] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF MAGELLAN *** + + + + +Produced by Charlene Taylor, Eric Skeet, Marilynda +Fraser-Cunliffe and the Online Distributed Proofreading +Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was made using scans +of public domain works from the University of Michigan +Digital Libraries.) + + + + + + +</pre> + + + + +<p>Transcriber's Notes:<br /> +(1) Typos, punctuation, and spelling errors have been corrected.<br /> +(2) Footnotes are marked [A], [B], etc, and are placed at the end of the book.<br /> +(3) An illustration has been moved from page 18 to page 2, nearer the relevant text.<br /> +(4) If viewer's computer does not display images, the captions are shown in bolder text. +</p> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[ii]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE STORY OF MAGELLAN AND THE<br />DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES +<br /> +<br /></h2> + +<p class="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: thin; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;"> +<br />BY HEZEKIAH BUTTERWORTH. +<br /> +Uniform edition. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. +<br /> + <br /> +<b>The Story of Magellan.</b> A Tale of the Discovery<br /> +of the Philippines. Illustrated by F. T. Merrill and<br /> +Others.<br /> <br /> +<b>The Treasure Ship.</b> A Story of Sir William Phipps<br /> +and the Inter-Charter Period in Massachusetts. Illustrated<br /> +by B. West Clinedinst and Others. +<br /> <br /> +<b>The Pilot of the Mayflower.</b> Illustrated by H.<br /> +Winthrop Peirce and Others. +<br /> <br /> +<b>True to his Home.</b> A Tale of the Boyhood of<br /> +Franklin. Illustrated by H. Winthrop Peirce. +<br /> <br /> +<b>The Wampum Belt:</b> <i>or, The Fairest Page of<br /> +History.</i> A Tale of William Penn's Treaty with<br /> +the Indians. With 6 full-page Illustrations. +<br /> <br /> +<b>The Knight of Liberty.</b> A Tale of the Fortunes of<br /> +Lafayette. With 6 full-page Illustrations. +<br /> <br /> +<b>The Patriot Schoolmaster.</b> A Tale of the Minutemen<br /> +and the Sons of Liberty. With 6 full-page<br /> +Illustrations by H. Winthrop Peirce. +<br /> <br /> +<b>In the Boyhood of Lincoln.</b> A Story of the Black<br /> +Hawk War and the Tunker Schoolmaster. With 12<br /> +Illustrations and colored Frontispiece. +<br /> <br /> +<b>The Boys of Greenway Court.</b> A Story of the<br /> +Early Years of Washington. With 10 full-page<br /> +Illustrations. +<br /> <br /> +<b>The Log School-House on the Columbia.</b> With<br /> +13 full-page Illustrations by J. Carter Beard, E. J.<br /> +Austen, and Others. +<br /> <br /> +D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORK.</p> + + +<p><a name="ill4"></a></p> +<p> </p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[iii]</a></span></p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_004.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Magellan planting the Cross in the Philippine Islands.<br />(See page 123</span>)</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[iv]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE STORY OF MAGELLAN</h2> +<h6>AND</h6> +<h4>THE DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES</h4> + +<p> </p> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>HEZEKIAH BUTTERWORTH</h4> + +<h6>AUTHOR OF<br /> +THE TREASURE SHIP, THE PILOT OF THE MAYFLOWER,<br /> +TRUE TO HIS HOME, THE WAMPUM BELT,<br /> +IN THE BOYHOOD OF LINCOLN, ETC.</h6> + +<h5><i>ILLUSTRATED BY FRANK T. MERRILL<br /> +AND OTHERS</i></h5> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_005.jpg" alt="Publisher's logo" title=" " /></p> + +<h4>NEW YORK<br /> +D. APPLETON AND COMPANY<br /> +1899</h4> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[v]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width:45%" /> + +<p class="center" style="font-size: 8pt"><span class="smcap">Copyright,</span> 1899,<br /> +<span class="smcap">By</span> D. APPLETON AND COMPANY.</p> + +<hr style="width:45%" /> + +<p><a name="noteA"></a></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[vi]</a></span></p> + +<p style="margin-left: 25%; font-size: 10pt;"> +"Fired by thy fame,<a href="#foot">[A]</a> and with his King in ire<br /> +To match thy deed, shall Magalhaes aspire.<br /> +<br /> +"Along the regions of the burning zone,<br /> +To deepest South he dares the course unknown.<br /> +<br /> +"A land of giants shall his eyes behold,<br /> +Of camel strength, surpassing human mould.<br /> +<br /> +"Beneath the Southern star's gold gleam he braves<br /> +And stems the whirl of land-surrounded waves.<br /> +<br /> +"Forever movèd to the hero's fame,<br /> +Those foaming straits shall bear his deathless name."</p> + +<p style="margin-left: 20em; width: 35%; text-align: right; font-size: 8pt" class="smcap">Camoëns.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[vii]</a></span></p> + + + + + + +<h3>PREFACE.</h3> + + +<p>I have been asked to write a story of Ferdinand +Magellan, the value of whose discoveries has +received a new interpretation in the development of +the South Temperate Zone of America, and in the +ceding of the Philippine Islands to the United States. +The works of Lord Stanley and of Guillemard furnish +comprehensive histories of the intrepid discoverer +of the South Pacific Ocean and the Philippine +Islands; but there would seem to be room for a +short, picturesque story of Magellan's adventures, +such as might be read by family lamps and in +schools.</p> + +<p>To attempt to write such a story is more than +a pleasure, for the study of Magellan reveals a character +high above his age; a man unselfish and true, +who was filled with a passion for discovery, and who +sought the welfare of humanity and the glory of +the Cross rather than wealth or fame. Among +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[viii]</a></span> +great discoverers he has left a character well-nigh +ideal. The incidents of his life are not only honorable, +but usually have the color of chivalry.</p> + +<p>His voyages, as pictured by his companion Pigafetta, +the historian, give us our first view of the +interesting native inhabitants of the South Temperate +Zone and of the Pacific archipelagoes, and his +adventures with the giants of Patagonia and with +the natives of the Ladrone Islands, read almost like +stories of Sinbad the Sailor. The simple record of +his adventures is in itself a storybook.</p> + +<p>Magellan, from his usually high and unselfish +character, as well as for the lasting influence of +what he did as shown in the new developments of +civilization, merits a place among household heroes; +and it is in this purpose and spirit I have undertaken +a simple sympathetic interpretation of his +most noble and fruitful life. I have tried to put into +the form of a story the events whose harvests now +appear after nearly four hundred years, and to picture +truthfully a beautiful and inspiring character. +To the narrative of his lone lantern I have added +some tales of the Philippines.</p> + +<p style="margin-left:60%"><span class="smcap">H. Butterworth.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">28 Worcester Street, Boston, Mass.</span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[ix]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3>CONTENTS.</h3> + + +<table style="margin-left: 10%; " summary="Contents"> +<tr> +<td colspan="2" style="text-align: left">CHAPTER</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right;">PAGE</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">I.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">A strange royal order</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap1">1</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">II.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Friends with a Purpose</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap2">9</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">III.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Prince Henry the Navigator and Vasco da Gama</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap3">15</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">IV.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The enthusiasts carry their plans to the king</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap4">24</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">V.—<br /><br /></td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">About the happy Italian who wished to see the<br />world.—Beautiful Seville!</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap5">38</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">VI.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Enemies.— Estaban Gormez</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap6">43</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">VII.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">"Marooned"</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap7">52</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">VIII.—<br /><br /><br /></td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">"The wonders of new lands."—Pigafetta's tales of<br /> +his adventures with Magellan.—The story of "the<br /> +fountain tree."—"St Elmo's Fire"</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap8">60</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">IX.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Pineapples, potatoes, very old people</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap9">70</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">X.—<br /><br /></td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The first giant.— The islands of geese and<br />goslings.— The dancing giants</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap10">76</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XI.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Capturing a giant.— Magellan's decision</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap11">84</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XII.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The mutiny at Port Julian.— The Straits.— 1519</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap12">91</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XIII.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">"The Admiral was mad"</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap13">99</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XIV.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The Pacific.— The death of the giants</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap14">103</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XV.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Welcome to the Philippines</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap15">108</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XVI.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The visit of the King.— Pigafetta visits the King</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap16">116</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XVII.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Easter Sunday.— Magellan plants the cross</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap17">122</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XVIII.—<br /><br /></td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Christianity and trade established.— The Baptist of<br/> +the Queen</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap18">129</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XIX.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Halcyon Days</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap19">136</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XX.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The Death of Magellan</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap20">139</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XXI.—<br /><br /></td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The Spice Islands.— Wonderful birds.— Cloves, cinnamon<br/> +nutmegs, ginger.— The ships overloaded</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap21">144</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XXII.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Mesquita in prison</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap22">157</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XXIII.—<br /><br /><br /></td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Strange stories.— The wise old women.— The walking<br /> +leaves.— The haunted sandalwood trees.— The Emperor<br /> +Of China.— The little boy and the giant bird</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap23">161</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XXIV.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">The lost day</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap24">173</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: right">XXV.—</td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">In the Church of Our Lady of Victory.— Pigafetta</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#chap25">176</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td class="smcap" style="text-align: left;">Supplemental</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right;"><a href="#chapsupp">183</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[xi]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h4>LIST OF FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS.</h4> + +<table style="margin-left: 12%; " summary="Illustrations"> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;"> </td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right">FACING<br />PAGE</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Magellan planting the Cross in the Philippine Islands</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill4"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">"He is a renegade. His arms must come down!"</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill33">2</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Lisbon, from the south bank of the Tagus</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill19">4</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Ferdinand Magellan</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill21">6</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Barcelona</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill51">34</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Night after night the ships followed Magellan's lantern</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill72">55</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Interior of the Alcázar of Seville</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill79">60</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">The dancing giant</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill99">80</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Mount Mayon, on the Island of Luzon</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill144">125</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">The death of Magellan</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill163">142</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Pigafetta presenting the history of the voyage to the King of Spain</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill202">179</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Map of the Philippine Islands</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill212">187</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Native houses in Manila</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill217">190</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Hong Kong</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill231">202</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Iloilo</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill235">206</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: left;">Boats on the River Pasig</td> +<td style="padding-left: 5pt; text-align: right"><a href="#ill247">218</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE STORY OF MAGELLAN.</h2> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap1" id="chap1"></a>CHAPTER I.</h3> + +<h4>A STRANGE ROYAL ORDER.</h4> + + +<p>I am to tell the story of a man who had faith in +himself.</p> + +<p>The clouds and the ocean bear his name. Lord +Stanley has called him "the greatest of ancient and +modern navigators."</p> + +<p>That was a strange royal order, indeed, which +Dom Manoel, King of Portugal, issued in the early +part of the fifteenth century. It was in effect: "Go +to the house of Hernando de Magallanes, in Sabrosa, +and tear from it the coat of arms. Hernando de +Magallanes (Ferdinand Magellan) has transferred +his allegiance to the King of Spain."</p> + +<p>The people of the mountain district must have +been very much astonished when the cavaliers, if +such they were, appeared to execute this order.</p> + +<p>As the arms were torn away from the ancient +house, we may imagine the alcalde of the place inquiring:</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What has our townsman done? Did he not +serve our country well in the East?"</p> + +<p>"He is a renegade!" answers the commander.</p> + +<p>"But he carried his plans for discovery to our +own King first before he went to the court of Spain."</p> + +<p>"Say no more! Spain is reaping the fruits of +his brain, and under his lead is planting her colonies +in the new seas, to the detriment of our country<a name="ill33"></a> +and the shame of the throne. His arms must come +down. Portugal rejects his name forever!"</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_033.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">"He is a renegade. His arms must come down!"</span></p> + + +<p>The officers of the King tore down the arms. They thought they had +consigned the name for which the arms stood to oblivion. As the Jewish +hierarchy said of Spinoza: "Let his name be cast out under the whole +heavens!" That name rose again.</p> + +<p>Years passed and a nephew of Magellan inherited +one of the family estates. He was stoned in the +streets on account of his name. This man fled in +exile from Portugal to Brazil. He died there, and +said: "Let no heir or descendant of mine ever restore +the arms of my family."</p> + +<p>In his will he wrote:</p> + +<p>"I desire that the arms of my family (Magellan) +should remain forever obliterated, as was done by +order of my Lord and King, <i>as a punishment for the +crime</i> of Ferdinand Magellan, because he entered +the service of Castile to the injury of our kingdom."</p> + +<p>It is the history of this same Ferdinand Magellan, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span> +whom Portugal and his own family sought to crush +out from the world, that we are now about to +trace.</p> + +<p>Following his highest inspiration, he shut his +eyes to the present, and followed the light of the +star of destiny in his soul. His discovery seems +to open to the West the doors of China.</p> + +<p>He was filled from boyhood with a passion for +finding unknown lands and waters; he was haunted +by ideals and visions of noble exploits for the good +of mankind. His own country, Portugal, would +not listen to his projects at the time that he +offered them to the court; so, like Columbus, Vespucci, +and Cabot, he sought the favor of another +country. Nothing could stand before the high purpose +of his soul. "If not by Portugal, then by +Spain," he said to an intimate friend; meaning that, +if his own country denied him the favor of giving +him an opportunity for exploration, he would present +his cause to the court of Spain, which he +did.</p> + +<p>This man, whose real name was Fernao de Magalhaes, +was born about the year 1480, at Sabrosa, +in Portugal, a wintry district where the hardy soil +and the "gloomy grandeur" of the mountain scenery +produced men of strong bodies and lofty spirit. He +belonged to a noble family, "one of the noblest in +the kingdom." His boyhood was passed in the +sierras. He had a love of works of geography and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span> +travel, and he dreamed even then of sunny zones, +undiscovered waters, and unknown regions of the +world. Henry the Navigator and his school of +pilots, astronomers, and explorers, had left the +country full of the spirit of new discoveries which +yet lived.</p> + +<p>He went to the capital of Portugal to be educated, +and was made a page to the Queen. He was +yet a boy when Columbus returned, bringing the +enthralling news of a new world. Spain was filled +with excitement at the event; her cities rang with +jubilees by day and flared with torches at night. +Portugal caught the new spirit of her late King, +Henry the Navigator, and was ambitious to rival +the discoveries of Spain. She had already established +herself in the glowing realms of India.</p> + +<p>In 1509 Magellan went to the West Indies in the +service of the Portuguese Government. He joined +the expedition that discovered the Spice Islands of +Banda, and it became his conviction that these +islands could be reached by a new ocean way.</p> + +<p>A great vision arose in his mind. It was a suggestion +that never left him until he saw its fulfillment +in an unexpected way on seas of which he +never had dreamed.</p> + +<p><a name="ill19"></a>This view was that he could sail around the +world and reach the Spice Islands by the way of +the West.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_019.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Lisbon, from the south bank of the Tagus.</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the service of the King against the Moors in one +of the Portuguese wars, he received a wound which +healed, but left him lame for life. He, like other +officers, sent in his claim for the pension due to +such service. He received answer from the parsimonious +King (Dom Manoel):</p> + +<p>"Your claim is not good. Your wound has +healed."</p> + +<p>He was wounded more deeply by this insult than +he could have been by any poisoned dart from the +Moors. That he should have been refused the recognition +of those who had shed blood in his country's +cause rankled in his heart, especially as he saw his +comrades paraded in honor and pensioned for lesser +disabilities. He left Portugal, as an exile, and went +to Spain.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span></p> + +<p>Here the high aspirations of the lame soldier met +with recognition, and it was this service that caused +the Portuguese King to issue the strange order +which has introduced the young and high-spirited +grandee to the readers of this story.</p> + +<p>If he had faults—as far as history records he +had no vices—his high aim overcame them. He +had caught the spirit of Portuguese Henry the Navigator, +and his soul had glowed when the fame of +Columbus first thrilled Spain. He had learned the +history of Vasco da Gama, whose name was the<a name="ill21"></a> +glory of Portugal. He had educated himself for +action.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_021.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Ferdinand Magellan. <br />After a painting by Velasquez.</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span></p> + +<p>It was the age of opportunity. He saw it; he +could not know the way, but he knew the guide +that was in him. As a son of the Church, which he +then was, he consecrated all he had to her glory. +What was fame, what was wealth, what was anything +to becoming a benefactor of the world, and +living forever in the heart of all mankind?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span></p> + +<p>So his deserted house crumbed in Sabrosa, and +his coat of arms did not there reappear until centuries +had followed the course of his genius, and the +whole world came to know his worth.</p> + +<p>In view of recent events his character becomes +one of the most interesting of past history.</p> + +<p>After nearly four hundred years that cast-out +name rises like a star!</p> + +<p>Why, in the view of to-day, was that name cast +out?</p> + +<p>Because Magellan saw his duty in a larger life +than in the restrictions of a provincial court. The +lesson has its significance. He who sinks self and +policy, and follows his highest duty and enters the +widest field, will in the final judgment of man receive +the noblest and best reward.</p> + +<p>We love a lover of mankind, and it strengthens +faith and hope to follow the keel of such a sailor on +any sea.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p> + + +<h3><a name="chap2" id="chap2"></a>CHAPTER II.</h3> + +<h4>FRIENDS WITH A PURPOSE.</h4> + + +<p>Souls kindle kindred souls, and the inspirations +of friendship commonly form a part of the early history +of beneficent lives.</p> + +<p>One of Magellan's early friends was Francisco +Serrao, who sailed with him for Malacca, a great +mart of merchandise in the East. It was to him +that Magellan wrote that he would meet him again +in the East, "if not by the way of Portugal, by that +of Spain;" words of signal import, which we have +already quoted.</p> + +<p>Serrao had a very curious, romantic, and pathetic +history. He lived in the times of the Portuguese +Viceroys of India. He was made captain of a ship +which sought to explore the Spice Islands, which +were then held to be the paradise of the East. +Cloves and nutmegs then were luxuries, and when +brought to Portugal bore the flavor of the sun lands +of the far-off mysterious seas.</p> + +<p>At Banda ships were loaded with spices. On +sailing there Serrao suffered shipwreck and was cast +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span> +upon a reef and found refuge on a deserted island. +The place was a resort of pirates or wreckers. Some +pirates sighted the wreck of the ship and sought to +plunder the wreckage.</p> + +<p>"We have no ship, and the island is without food +or water," said Serrao to his men. "Hide under the +rock and obey me, and we will soon have a ship and +water and food."</p> + +<p>The men hid among the caverns of the reef. The +pirates landed, and left their ship for the wreckage.</p> + +<p>Serrao rushed through the surf, followed by his +men, and boarded the pirates' vessel.</p> + +<p>The wreckers were filled with terror when they +saw what would be their fate if left there, and they +begged to be taken on board, and were received by +Serrao as prisoners.</p> + +<p>Serrao traded for many years among the Spice +Islands and was advanced to high positions, but was +poisoned at last, as is supposed, by an intrigue of the +King of Tidor.</p> + +<p>One of the most inspiring of Magellan's friends +was Ruy Faleiro, who had wonderful instincts and +a wide vision, but who became a madman. Faleiro +was a Portuguese who, like Magellan, was out of +favor with the court. He was an astronomer, a geographer, +and an astrologer. He had a fiery and impulsive +temper, but with it a passion for discovery, and +so was drawn into Magellan's heart by gravitation. +The two journeyed together, studied together, and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span> +started at about the same time for Spain. At Seville +they met in a club of famous discoverers, students, +and refugees.</p> + +<p>They had one vision in common, that there was +a short route to the Moluccas by the way of the +West. The route was not what they dreamed it +to be; but there was a new way to the Spice Islands +by the West and East, a way that probably no +voyager from Europe had ever seen, and their +vision was decisive of one of the greatest events—the +circumnavigation of the world. The angle of +vision was not true in their private meetings, nor +had Magellan's been before they met; but another +angle leading from it was true, and would cause +a change of the conception of the world when poor +Ruy Faleiro's brain was losing its hold on such +entrancing hopes.</p> + +<p>"We can reach Molucca by a short voyage to the +West," said Ruy Faleiro.</p> + +<p>"I am sure that I can do this, if I can have an +expedition such as the King of Spain can give me," +said Magellan.</p> + +<p>"You must never communicate this secret to any +man," said Ruy.</p> + +<p>"I will never mention the subject to any but +you," said Magellan, "until we can act together."</p> + +<p>The vision of finding the East by a short passage +to the West, involved so great a prospect of human +progress and glory that it would not let Magellan +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span> +rest at any time. It haunted him wherever he went. +He began to talk about it under restraint, and +friends came to see what was on his mind and to +take advantage of it.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_026.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">The earliest map of the world.<br /> +By Hecatæus of Miletus (sixth century <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>). +Probably copied in part from Anaximander, inventor of map drawing.</span></p> + +<p>The fiery Ruy Faleiro, when he found that his +friend had opened their confidential secret, partly +broke friendship with him. Magellan could only +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span> +acknowledge his error, and say that he never meant +in his heart to betray the secrets of his friend, the +cosmographer.</p> + +<p>Faleiro dreamed on, but his mind weakened.</p> + +<p>The popular legend about this unhappy man was, +that being an astrologer he cast his own horoscope, +and found that the expedition that he hoped to command +would be lost, and so feigned madness. This +is only a story.</p> + +<p>Faleiro died in Seville about 1523.</p> + +<p>It would be interesting to know if he lived to +hear of the great discovery of his old friend Magellan, +and if he joined in the general rejoicing +over it. It is probable that he lived to see +the strange ways by which his countryman had +been led, not over a short passage, but over far-distant +seas. His was a pitiable fate; but his +name merits honorable mention among men, who, +like Miranda in South America, have inspired +great deeds which they themselves could not accomplish.</p> + +<p>Men of vision and men of action are essential to +each other; for many men can see what only a few +others can perform.</p> + +<p>Magellan married Beatriz Barbosa about the year +1518. He was the father of one son. His wife +died shortly after hearing the news of his great discovery +of the Pacific and the new way to the East.</p> + +<p>He was now prepared to go to Charles V, King +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span> +of Spain, son of the demented Queen Joanna, the +daughter of Isabella, and to lay before him a plan +of opening a short way to the East by sailing West. +This purpose more and more absorbed his soul—he +himself was nothing, discovery was everything. The +frown of Portugal no longer cast any deep shadow +over his life; it was his mission to <i>find</i>. He heard in +the acclaim of Columbus a prophecy of what his +own name would one day be.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap3" id="chap3"></a>CHAPTER III.</h3> + +<h4>PRINCE HENRY THE NAVIGATOR AND VASCO DA GAMA.</h4> + + +<p>All things follow suggestion and inspiration, +and the discovery of the Western World owes much +to the heart and brain of Prince Henry, called the +Navigator. Although the son of a King, he felt that +he was more than that—a son of Humanity. He took +up his residence far from the pomp of courts on +the bleak, bare, solitary promontory of Sagres, the +sharp angle of Western Europe. Here he could see +the sun go down on the western sea, day by day. +Some inward genius like a haunting spirit seemed to +beckon his thoughts toward the West.</p> + +<p>In view of his abode on a tall headland were the +ruins of a Druidical temple, where Strabo tells us +the gods used to assemble at night under the moon +and stars. So the place was called the Sacrum +Promontorium, and it was in this region that Prince +Henry schooled his soul in navigation and sought +to inspire all adventurers upon the sea. "Farther" +was his motto, and "Farther yet!" In his solitude +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span> +he called to him a company of restless spirits with +a passion for discovery, and said to them all, "Farther," +and "Farther yet!"</p> + +<p>The night of the dark ages was passing, and in +the new dawn of civilization, Prince Henry had visions +of new ways to India, the magnificent; the +land of gold, gems, and spices, where the sun shone +on gardens of palms and seas of glory.</p> + +<p>There were no lighthouses then on the African +coast; there were no sea charts, and the compass +was but little known. But there were eternal stars, +and under them were the living instincts that +awaken genius.</p> + +<p>Prince Henry the Navigator was the fourth son +of King Joao I, or John the Great, and of Queen +Philippa, of the Roses. He was a great-grandson +of Edward III, of England.</p> + +<p>Prince Henry's motto was "<i>Talent de bien faire</i>"—"talent +of good faculty." The motto furnishes in +brief a history of his life.</p> + +<p>The first fruit of Prince Henry's geographical +studies was the discovery of the islands of Madeira; +but there were islands beyond Madeira, and +his restless spirit cried out in the night: "Farther!" +and "Farther yet!"</p> + +<p>Cape Bojador, farther "than the farthest point +of the earth," rose just before the supposed regions +of sea monsters, fire, and darkness. Prince John sent +a navigator there, and found serene seas. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_031.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">PROGRESS OF PORTUGUESE DISCOVERY</span></p> + +<p>"Farther!"</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p> + +<p>In 1446 the Prince obtained a charter of the +Canary Islands. His ships next discovered the +Azores. But there were lands and islands and seas +"farther yet."</p> + +<p>Prince Henry died in 1463, about thirty years +before the triumph of Columbus.</p> + +<p class="figright"><img src="images/illus_032.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bolder; ">Prince Henry the Navigator<br /> +From a drawing by Allegra Eggleston,<br /> in The Story of Columbus</span></p> + +<p>He was the father of modern discovery, the spirit +of which rested not +until the map of the +whole world could +be drawn. He was +buried in a splendid +tomb, and the pupils +of his school of cosmography +and navigation +continued to +penetrate the ocean +farther and farther to +the South and West. +Vasco da Gama +opened the ocean +ways to India, and +the two great navigators, +Columbus and Magellan, owed much to the +spirit of the Prince who left courts that he might +found a school amid the sea desolations of St. Vincent, +in order to inspire young sailors to venture +always "Farther!" and "Farther yet!"</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span></p> + +<p>We must here tell you something of Vasco da +Gama, in order that you may better understand the +plan and purpose of Magellan.</p> + +<p>Take your map of the world. Before the passage +to India was discovered by sailing around the Cape +of Good Hope, Africa, the trade between Asia and +Europe was carried on in this manner: There was +a great commercial city on the southern coast of +Arabia (Arabia Felix) called Alda, or Port Alda. It +was a city of merchants. To this port came the ships +from the East—China, Japan, India—laden with +gold, silk, and spices. The merchants of Alda +carried these goods to the Port of Suez on the +Red Sea. Thence the merchandise was conveyed +on camels to the Nile and to Alexandria, Egypt, +and thence by ships to the ports of the Mediterranean.</p> + +<p>Vasco da Gama discovered a new way to India +by doubling the Cape of Good Hope, and when he +returned from that voyage all Europe rang with his +praise. His discovery of the way to India from the +Mediterranean by rounding Africa was one of the +most momentous ever made. Vasco da Gama holds +rank with Columbus in the unveiling of the mysteries +of the ocean world.</p> + +<p>King John the Navigator had heard such wonderful +tales of India that he wished to find a way +there by water. He accordingly sent one Bartholomeu +Diaz on an expedition with this end in view. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span> +Diaz did not find India, but he found a cape on the +southernmost point of Africa, which he doubled.</p> + +<p>So fearful were the tempests there that he called +it the Cape of Storms.</p> + +<p>But King John saw that the islands of India +lay in that direction, and he exclaimed in delight +on hearing Diaz's narrative of the tempestuous +place:</p> + +<p>"'Tis the Cape of Good Hope!" This gave the +cape its name.</p> + +<p>A Jewish astrologer told Dom Manoel, King of +Portugal, that the riches of India could yet be found +by way of the sea. Of such a discovery the new +King dreamed. Who should he get to undertake a +voyage with such a purpose?</p> + +<p>One day, as he sat in his halls among his courtiers +and grandees studying maps, a man of about thirty +years, who had a noble bearing, entered an outer +apartment. A sword hung by his side.</p> + +<p>The King, who had been thinking of his great +mariners, lifted his face and said:</p> + +<p>"Thank God! I have found my man. Bring to +me Vasco da Gama."</p> + +<p>He it was that stood in the outer hall.</p> + +<p>"Vasco," said the King, "I know your soul. For +the glory of Portugal you must find India by the +way of the sea!"</p> + +<p>"I am at your service, sire, while life shall last."</p> + +<p>"Depart in all haste."<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p> + +<p>It was March, 1497. Vasco da Gama raised his +sails and departed from Lisbon.</p> + +<p class="figleft"><img src="images/illus_037.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold;">Vasco da Gama.</span></p> + +<p>He passed the "Cape of Good Hope," and met +with many adventures, +the narratives of which +would fill a book.</p> + +<p>He crossed the India +Ocean, blown pleasantly +on by the trade winds.</p> + +<p>One day a loud cry +arose:</p> + +<p>"Land! land!"</p> + +<p>The pilot came running +to Vasco da Gama, +and fell at his feet.</p> + +<p>"Captain, behold India!"</p> + +<p>The shores of India rose in the burning light of +the tropic seas. Vasco da Gama saw them and fell +upon his knees.</p> + +<p>Mountain rose above mountain, and hill over hill; +then green palms and shining beaches came into +view like scenes of enchantment.</p> + +<p>"That is Cananor," said the Moorish pilot; "the +great city of Calicat is twelve leagues distant."</p> + +<p>They sailed over those twelve leagues of clear +resplendent waters and came to Calicat, or Malabar. +That day of discovery was Portugal's glory. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_038.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">PORTUGUESE INDIES</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span></p> + +<p>Calicat was a merchant city of the East, and one +of the most famous of India. Here came Arabian +and Egyptian merchants. It was a Mohammedan +city, and the princes of Calicat encouraged trade +between the Arabs and Hindoos. The city was now +to become an emporium for the Western World.</p> + +<p>After many adventures in Malabar, Vasco da +Gama cruised along the coast of India. Everything +was wonderful, and the wonders grew.</p> + +<p>In September, 1499, he returned, and was received +like a sovereign by the Portuguese King. His +arrival was a holiday, the glory of which has lived +in all Portuguese holidays until now.</p> + +<p>He was given titles of distinction. He was made +a Viceroy of India.</p> + +<p>Twenty years after these events Magellan was +destined to discover <i>another</i> way to India.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap4" id="chap4"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h3> + +<h4>THE ENTHUSIASTS CARRY THEIR PLANS TO THE KING.</h4> + + +<p>Magellan, full of his project of finding a short +way to the rich spicery by sailing West, now sought +the favor of the Spanish court. Gold has ever been +the royal want, and nobles have always had open +ears to schemes that promised to fill the public +treasury.</p> + +<p>Magellan's interesting friend Francisco Serrao, +who had remained in the Indian possessions of the +Portuguese, after Magellan's return, had discovered +resources of the tropical seas of the Orient that were +almost boundless. He had written to Magellan:</p> + +<p>"If you would become rich return to the Moluccas."</p> + +<p>This letter would be a sufficient passport to the +nobles who had the ear of the King. He showed the +letter to the King's ministers.</p> + +<p>He thought that the point of South America +turned <i>westward</i>, as the Cape of Good Hope toward +the East. He had an imaginary map in his mind of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span> +an ocean world whose shape had no real existence, +but that answered well as a theory.</p> + +<p>Magellan had brought a globe from Portugal on +which he had drawn the undiscovered world as he +thought it existed. The strait which he had hoped +to find was omitted on this globe in his drawings +that no navigator might anticipate his discovery.</p> + +<p>Some of the ministers listened to the project with +indifference, a few with ridicule; but as a rule Magellan +appealed to willing ears. The ministers as a +body agreed to commend the enterprise to the King. +The Haros of Antwerp, the Rothschilds of the time, +favored the expedition. So Magellan and Faleiro +made out a petition of formal proposals which they +desired to present to the King, and awaited the +opportunity.</p> + +<p>That opportunity soon came. Charles V, son of +Joanna, who was passing her days in solitude and +grief on account of the loss of her husband, was on +his way to Aragon. He was Emperor of Germany +and King of Spain. He was a youth now; having +been born in Ghent, February 24, 1500. He came to +the throne of Spain in 1516, as the disordered intellect +of his mother made her incapable of reigning. +He was elected German Emperor in 1519.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_042.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Charles V.<br />After a painting by Titian.</span></p> + +<p>In his youth he had been dissolute. Seeing the +responsibilities that he owed to the world and the +age, he suddenly received new moral impulses and +conquered himself, and his moral life was followed<span class="pagenum"> +<a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span> +by a religious disposition. He received from the +Pope the title of Roman Emperor. His powerful intellect +subdued a great part of continental Europe +to his will; but he became weary of the cares of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span> +state, retired from the world, and ended his life as +a religious recluse.</p> + +<p>The young King entered Spain in triumph, but +amid the glare of receptions his ears were not dull +to projects for acquiring gold.</p> + +<p>Magellan and Faleiro, under the commendation +of the ministry, were soon able to lay their project +before the young grandson of the great Isabella. He +received them in the spirit that Isabella had met +Columbus. He approved their plans, and charged +them to make preparations for the expedition.</p> + +<p>Charles entered Zaragoza in May, 1518, a youth +of eighteen, and Magellan and Faleiro followed the +royal train on its triumphal march in the blooming +days of the year. They were happy men, and their +glowing visions added to the joy of the court on its +journey amid singing nightingales and pealing bells.</p> + +<p><a name="noteB"></a>The royal name signed to Magellan's commission +was "Juana," who had been the favorite daughter +of Queen Isabella, who had signed the commission +of Columbus.<a href="#foot">[B]</a> This royal daughter of Aragon and +Castile was born at Toledo, November 6, 1479. She +was in the bloom of her girlhood when the news of +the return of Columbus thrilled Spain.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p> + +<p>She was a girl of ardent affections; a lover of +music; not beautiful, but charming in manner; and +at the age of eighteen was betrothed to Philip of +the Low Countries, called Philip the Handsome.</p> + +<p>The wedding of this daughter of Isabella was to +be celebrated in Flanders by fêtes of unusual splendor. +A fleet of one hundred and thirty vessels prepared +to bear the bride to her handsome Prince. +The ships were under the command of the chivalrous +admiral of Castile.</p> + +<p>Juana took leave of her mother at the end of +August, 1496, and embarked at the port of Laredo. +A more interesting bride under more joyous circumstances +had seldom gone forth to meet a bridegroom.</p> + +<p>The sails covered the sea under the flags of the +glory of Spain. They drifted away amid music and +shoutings, but the salvos of the guns had hardly +died away before terrible storms arose. The fleet +was shattered, and many of the vessels were lost.</p> + +<p>The young bride herself arrived in Flanders +safely, and her marriage with the archduke followed +at Lille.</p> + +<p>When Queen Isabella heard of the birth of +Charles, she recalled that it fell on the day of Matthias, +and exclaimed, "<i>Sors cecidit super Mathiam</i>"—"the +lot fell upon Matthias."<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span></p> + +<p>She predicted that the infant would become the +King of Spain.</p> + +<p class="figright"><img src="images/illus_045.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bolder;">Ferdinand and Isabella.<br />From a coin.</span></p> + +<p>Philip and Juana were summoned to Spain to +meet the people over whom it then seemed probable +that they would soon +be called to reign. +They entered France +in 1501, attended by +Flemish nobles, and +wherever they went +was a holiday. There +were weeks of splendid +fêtes in honor +of the progress.</p> + +<p>When Ferdinand +and Isabella heard +of the arrival of +Philip and Juana in +Spain they hastened +to Toledo to meet +them. Here Philip and his Queen received the allegiance +of the Cortes.</p> + +<p>But Philip was a gay Prince, and he loved the +dissipations of Flanders more than his wife or the +interests of his prospective Spanish possessions. So +he left his wife, and returned to Flanders.</p> + +<p>The conduct of the handsome Prince drove Juana +mad. She loved him so fondly that she thought only +of him, and sat in silence day after day with her +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span> +eyes fixed on the ground, as an historian says, "equally +regardless of herself, her future subjects, and her +afflicted parents."</p> + +<p>She subsequently joined Philip at Burgos. Here +Philip died of fever after overexertion at a game of +ball. Juana never left his bedside, or shed a tear. +Her grief obliterated nearly all things in life, and +she was dumb. Her only happiness now, except in +music, was to be with his dead body.</p> + +<p>She removed her husband's remains to Santa +Clara.</p> + +<p>The body was placed on a magnificent car, and +was accompanied in the long way to the tomb by a +train of nobles and priests. Juana never left it. +She would not allow it to be moved by day. She +said:</p> + +<p>"A widow who has lost the sun of her soul +should never expose herself to the light of day!"</p> + +<p>Wherever the procession halted, she ordered new +funeral ceremonies. She forbade nuns to approach +the body. Finding the coffin had been carried to a +nunnery at a stage of the journey, she had it removed +to the open fields, where she watched by +it, and caused the embalmed body to be revealed to +her by torches. She had a tomb made for the remains +in sight of her palace windows in Santa +Clara, and she watched over it in silence for forty-seven +years, taking little interest in any other thing.</p> + +<p>But as she survived Ferdinand and Isabella, her +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span> +name for a time was affixed to royal commissions, +and so Magellan sailed in the service of Charles +under the signature of Juana, who was silently +watching over her husband's tomb, in the hope that +the Prince would one day rise again.</p> + +<p>We relate this narrative to give a view of the +events of the period, and for the same reason we +must speak of another +eminent person +who acted in the +place of the Queen in +her unhappy state of +mind.</p> + +<p class="figright"><img src="images/illus_047.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold;">Cardinal Ximenes.<br />After a painting by Velasquez</span></p> + +<p>This was the great +political genius of +the time, the virtuous +and benevolent +Cardinal Ximenes, +statesman, archbishop, +the heart of the +people and the conscience +of the Church. +He was born of a +humble family in Castile in 1487. He was educated +in Rome. His character and learning were such +that Queen Isabella chose him for her confessor, and +made him Archbishop of Toledo, with the approval +of the Pope.</p> + +<p>On the death of Philip in 1505, he was made<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span> +regent for Juana. Ferdinand named Ximenes regent +of Spain on his deathbed, until Charles V +should return from Flanders to Spain.</p> + +<p>The regency of Ximenes was one of honor and +glory. He himself lived humbly and simply amid +all his associations of pomp and power.</p> + +<p>He maintained thirty poor persons daily at his +own cost, and gave half of his income to charity. +He excited the jealousy of Charles V at last, and +lost his power in consequence. He lived to extreme +age, and left a character that Spain has ever loved +to hold in honor.</p> + +<p>Such was the political condition of Spain in the +early days of Magellan.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap5" id="chap5"></a>CHAPTER V.</h3> + +<h4>ABOUT THE HAPPY ITALIAN WHO WISHED TO SEE<br /> +THE WORLD.—BEAUTIFUL SEVILLE!</h4> + + +<p>We should have known but little of the adventures +of Magellan, but for Antonia Pigafetta, Chevalier, +and Knight of Rhodes.</p> + +<p>He was a young Italian of a susceptible heart and +happy imagination.</p> + +<p>He came wandering to Barcelona, Spain, in the +generation that remembered Columbus, and the +splendid scenes that welcomed the return of Columbus +on the field of Sante Fé. He must have heard +the enthralling description of those golden days—he +could not be a Columbus; but, if he could win +the good will of Magellan, he might go after Columbus +and see what no Europeans had seen.</p> + +<p>So he wandered the streets of Barcelona and +heard the tales of the events that occurred when +the "Viceroy of the Isles" was received there by +Isabella.</p> + +<p>What days those had been! The march of Columbus +through Spain to meet Isabella at Sante Fé, was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span> +such as had a demigod appeared on earth. Spain +was thrilled. The world knew no night. The trumpets +of heralds rent the air, and men's hearts swelled +high at the tales of the golden empires that Colon +had added to Aragon and Castile. Alas! they did +not know that there are riches which do not enrich, +and that it is only the gold that does good that +ennobles.</p> + +<p>As Columbus approached with his glittering +cavaliers songs rent the air, whose words have been +interpreted—</p> + + +<p style="margin-left:25%; ">"Thy name, O Fernando!<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4%; ">Through all earth shall be sounded,</span><br /> +<span>Columbus has triumphed,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4%; ">His foes are confounded!"</span> +</p> + + +<p>or</p> + + +<p style="margin-left: 25%; ">"Thy name, Isabella,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4% ;">Through all earth shall be sounded,</span><br /> +<span>Columbus has triumphed,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4%; ">His foes are confounded!"</span> +</p> + + +<p><a name="ill51"></a>To Aragon and Castile Columbus had "given a +new world." Peals of golden horns shook the +delighted cities, where balconies overflowed with +flowers.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_051.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Barcelona</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p> + +<p>His reception at Barcelona by the King and +Queen had been made inconceivably splendid:</p> + + +<p style="margin-left: 5em"> +<span style="margin-left: 7em;">"That was a glorious day</span><br /> +That dawned on Barcelona. Banners filled<br /> +The thronging towers, the old bells rung, and blasts<br /> +Of lordly trumpets seemed to reach the sky<br /> +Cerulean. All Spain had gathered there,<br /> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span> +And waited there his coming; Castilian knights,<br /> +Gay cavaliers, hidalgos young, and e'en the old<br /> +Puissant grandees of far Aragon,<br /> +With glittering mail and waving plumes and all<br /> +The peasant multitude with bannerets<br /> +And charms and flowers.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 7em;">"Beneath pavilions</span><br /> +Of brocades of gold, the Court had met.<br /> +The dual crowns of Leon old and proud Castile<br /> +There waited him, the peasant mariner.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 7em;">"The heralds waited</span><br /> +Near the open gates; the minstrels young and fair<br /> +Upon the tapestries and arrased walls,<br /> +And everywhere from all the happy provinces<br /> +The wandering troubadours.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 7em;">"Afar was heard</span><br /> +A cry, a long acclaim. Afar was seen<br /> +A proud and stately steed with nodding plumes,<br /> +Bridled with gold, whose rider stately rode,<br /> +And still afar a long and sinuous train<br /> +Of silvery cavaliers. A shout arose,<br /> +And all the city, all the vales and hills,<br /> +With acclamations rung.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 7em;">"He came, the Genoese,</span><br /> +With reverent look and calm and lofty mien,<br /> +And saw the wondering eyes and heard the cries,<br /> +And trumpet peals, as one who followed still<br /> +Some Guide unseen.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 7em;">"Before his steed</span><br /> +Crowned Indians marched with lowly faces,<br /> +And wondered at the new world that they saw;<br /> +Gay parrots screamed from their gold-circled arms,<br /> +And from their crests swept airy plumes. The sun<br /> +Shone full in splendor on the scene, and here<br /> +The old and new world met!" +</p> + +<p>The young Italian Chevalier, Pigafetta, Knight of +Rhodes, visited the scenes that his own countryman +had made immortal by his voyage.</p> + +<p>He thought of the plumed Indians and of the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span> +birds of splendid plumage that Columbus had +brought back.</p> + +<p>He heard much of Magellan, the "new Columbus." +Why might he not go out upon unknown seas +with him and discover new races, and bring back +with him tropic spices, birds, and flowers?</p> + +<p>He journeyed to Seville and there met Magellan. +He entered into the dreams of the new navigator. +He asked Magellan to let him sail with him.</p> + +<p>"Why do you wish to enter upon such a hazardous +undertaking?"</p> + +<p>"I am desirous of seeing the wonderful things of +the ocean!"</p> + +<p>Magellan saw it was so. The Spaniards might +distrust him, the Portuguese be jealous of him, but +here was a man who would have no race prejudices—a +man after his own heart, whom he could +trust.</p> + +<p>"You wish to see the wonders of the ocean +world?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes, and I can write, and whatever I may do, +and wherever I may go, I will always be true to +you—the heart of Pigafetta will always be loyal to +the Admiral!"</p> + +<p>"My Italian Chevalier, you may embark with me +to see the wonders of the ocean world. You shall +follow my lantern."</p> + +<p>From that hour the young Italian lived in anticipation. +What new lands would he see, what palm +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span> +islands, what gigantic men and strange birds, and +inhabitants of the sea?</p> + +<p>The young Knight of Rhodes had spoken truly, +whatever light might fail, his heart would ever be +true to the Admiral.</p> + +<p>So the Knight embarked with the rude crew to +follow, in the silences of uncharted seas, the lantern +of Magellan.</p> + +<p>He composed on the voyage a narrative for Villiers +de l'Isle Adams, Grand Master of Rhodes. By +this narrative we are still able to follow in fancy +the lantern of Magellan through the straits that +now bear the name of Magellan, to the newly discovered +Pacific, and around the world.</p> + +<p>His character was as spirited as Magellan's was +noble.</p> + +<p>We will sail with him in our voyage around the +world, for <i>he</i> went all the way and bore the news +of Magellan's triumphs to Seville again.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p>Beautiful Seville! We must glance at the city +here. She was the pride of Spain in those times +when Spain dazzled the world. The Hispal of the +Phœnicians, the Hispales of the Roman conquest, +and the Seville of the Moors! Her glory had arisen +in the twilight of history, and had grown with the +advancement of the race.</p> + +<p>She was indeed beautiful at the time when Magellan +was preparing for the sea. The Moorish +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span> +period had passed leaving her rich in arts and treasures, +and splendid architecture.</p> + +<p>Situated on the banks of the Guadalquivir, circular +in shape and surrounded with more than a hundred +Moorish towers, and about ten miles in circumference, +she rivaled +the cities +of Europe and of +the Orient.</p> + +<p class="figright"><img src="images/illus_055.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold;">The Giralda.</span></p> + +<p>The great cathedral +was being +completed at +that time, a mountain +of art, arising +from its plain +of marble. It was +four hundred and +thirty-one feet +long, and three +hundred and fifteen +feet wide, +with solemn and +grand arches +lighted by the +finest windows in Spain, perhaps the most enchanting +lights through which the sun ever shone. +The altars were enriched by the wealth of discovery.</p> + +<p>Over this mountain of gold, marbles, and gems +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span> +gleamed the Giralda, or weather vane, in the form +of a statue, three hundred and fifty feet high.</p> + +<p>Seville at this time was a city of churches. To +these, sailors resorted while waiting for an expedition +to complete its preparations for the sea, for most +of them were good Catholics, and such as hoped for +God's favor in the enterprise upon which they were +about to enter.</p> + +<p>Here, too, was the old Moorish palace, the Alcázar, +with its delicate lacework like the walls of +the Alhambra, but richer in color. In this palace +was the Hall of the Ambassadors, one of the most +enchanting apartments ever created by the genius +of man.</p> + +<p>In the latter dream of Moorish fancy have passed +aching hearts, as well as those filled with wonder +and delight. Here Pedro the Cruel received one of +the kings of Granada, and murdered him with his +own hand, to rob him of the jewels that adorned his +person.</p> + +<p>The tales of Pedro the Cruel haunted the city at +this time.</p> + +<p>We are told that this monarch used to go about +the city in disguise.</p> + +<p>One night he went out thus to serenade a beautiful +lady. As he approached the balcony with his +guitar where the lady lived, he saw another man +there, who had come for the same purpose. The +rival musician filled him with rage, and the King +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span> +rushed upon him and struck him down and killed +him.</p> + +<p>He fled away. He reasoned that as he was in +disguise no one could know him.</p> + +<p>There was an old woman who kept a bakery +across the way from the house where the noble lady +lived. She was looking out of her window at the +time of the murder. She saw the act, and got a +view of the terrible face of the royal musician as +he was fleeing away.</p> + +<p>"That was the King himself," said the old bake +woman. "By my soul, that was the King!"</p> + +<p>The next day the news of the murder filled the +city. The murdered man was a person of rank and +importance. The people were alarmed and indignant.</p> + +<p>"Who did the deed?" was a question that arose +to every lip.</p> + +<p>The King, cruel as he was, did not wish to be +suspected of being a street assassin. So he issued +a proclamation in this form:</p> + +<p>"Unless the alcalde (judge) of Seville shall +discover the murderer of the gallant musician +within three days, the alcalde shall lose his +head."</p> + +<p>The city judge began to make great exertions +to discover the murderer.</p> + +<p>The old bake woman came to him and said:</p> + +<p>"I know who did the deed. But silence, silence! +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span> +I saw it with my own eyes, but we must be still. It +was the King himself!"</p> + +<p>The alcalde dared not accuse the King, and yet +he must save his own head. What was he to do?</p> + +<p>He made an image of the King. He then went to +the palace.</p> + +<p>"O King! I have found the murderer. I have +brought him here to receive sentence."</p> + +<p>The King was glad that a suspected person had +been found, so that the public thought might be +directed to the suspect.</p> + +<p>"What shall be done with him?" asked the +alcalde.</p> + +<p>"What! He who would slay a musician about to +serenade a noble lady?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, your Majesty."</p> + +<p>"What shall be done with him? I condemn him +to death. Bring him before me."</p> + +<p>The alcalde brought in the image of the King, +and uncovered it.</p> + +<p>The King beheld himself.</p> + +<p>"I will save <i>your</i> head," said the King, and the +alcalde went thoughtfully away.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap6" id="chap6"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h3> + +<h4>ENEMIES.—ESTEBAN GORMEZ.</h4> + + +<p>No man living could better know what he needed +for such a stupendous and unprecedented undertaking +than Magellan, who had already been to the +spicery of the Orient in the service of Albuquerque, +the Portuguese Viceroy. Under the royal sanction, +the dockyards of Seville were at his command. He +repaired to Seville, and was there looked upon as +one destined to harvest the wealth of the Indies.</p> + +<p>But as soon as it became known in Portugal that +Magellan was to lead a new expedition of discovery, +the mistake that the King had made in rejecting +the proposal of the lame soldier, to whom he had refused +pension honors, became apparent. The court +saw what this rejected man of positive purpose and +invaluable knowledge of navigation might accomplish. +Should his dreams be prophetic and his projects +prove successful, the glory would go to Spain, +and the King would be held responsible for another +mistake like that which his predecessor had made +in the case of Columbus.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p> + +<p>What must the court of Portugal do? The hammers +were flying in Seville on the ships loading for +the voyage. Magellan was making up his crews. +Spain had faith in him, and he had faith in himself; +never a man had more.</p> + +<p>Portugal must prevent the expedition. The +Crown must appeal to Magellan to withdraw from +it. The King must ask young King Charles to dismiss +Magellan as an act of royal courtesy. If these +efforts were not successful, it was argued that the +expedition must be arrested by force, or Magellan +must be murdered by secret spies of the court.</p> + +<p>The fleet preparing was to consist of five ships +with ample equipment. These were named the +Trinidad, the San Antonio, of one hundred and +twenty Spanish tons each; the Concepcion, of ninety +Spanish tons; the Victoria, of eighty-five tons; and +the Santiago, of seventy-five. The Victoria, the ship +of destiny, was to circumnavigate the globe.</p> + +<p>And now while the hammers were at work, the +dull King of Portugal began to arouse himself to +arrest the plan, and the court, seeing his spirit, +acted with him.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the bright days in Zaragoza Magellan had +been warned that he was in danger of being assassinated. +But he did not take alarm. As his project +rose into public view at Seville he must have known +that he was surrounded by spies, but he did not heed +them; he kept right on, marching forward as it +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span> +were after the inspiration that had taken possession +of his soul.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_061.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">BEHAIM'S GLOBE. 1492.</span></p> + +<p>There was an India House in Seville, composed +of merchants, and these were favorable to the expedition. +In Spain everything favored Magellan.</p> + +<p>Aluaro da Costa was the Portuguese minister to +the court of Spain. He plotted against Magellan, and +sought an interview with young Charles in order to +induce him to eliminate the Portuguese from the expedition. +Charles was about to become a brother-in-law +to Dom Manoel, and Aluaro da Costa could +appeal to the King in this cause in many ways.</p> + +<p>Full of diplomacy and craft, he met the King +who had to weigh the prospect of gold and glory +against this personal argument. Gold outweighed +the family considerations, for Charles in his young +days was a man of powerful ambitions.</p> + +<p>Aluaro da Costa wrote to Dom Manoel a graphic +account of this interview. It shows how politic +ministers of state were in those days. We can not +give the reader a clearer view of some of the obstacles +against which Magellan had to contend in +those perilous days in Spain than by citing Aluaro's +account to Dom Manoel of his interview with young +Charles V in his intrigue against Magellan:</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Sire</span>: Concerning Ferdinand Magellan's affair, +how much I have done and how I have labored, +God knows, as I have written you at length; and +now I have spoken upon the subject very strongly +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span> +to the King, putting before him all the inconveniences +that in this case may arise, and also representing +to him what an ugly matter it was, and +how unusual for one King to receive the subjects +of another King, his friend, contrary to his wish, +a thing unheard of among cavaliers, and accounted +both ill-judged and ill-seeming. Yet I had +just put your Highness and your Highness's possessions +at his service in Valladolid at the moment +that, he was harboring these persons against your +will. I begged him to consider that this was not +the time to offend your Highness, the more so in an +affair which was of so little importance and so uncertain; +and that he would have plenty of subjects +of his own and men to make discoveries when the +time came, without availing himself of those malcontents +of your Highness, whom your Highness +could not fail to believe likely to labor more for +your disservice than for anything else; also that +his Highness had had until now so much to do in +discovering his own kingdoms and dominions, and in +settling them, that he ought not to turn his attention +to these new affairs, from which dissensions and +other matters, which may well be dispensed with, +may result.</p> + +<p><a name="noteC"></a>"I also presented to him the bad appearance +that this would have at the very moment of the +marriage—the ratification of friendship and affection. +And also that it seemed to me that your +Highness would much regret to learn that these +men asked leave of him to return,<a href="#foot">[C]</a> and that he did +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span> +not grant it, the which are two faults—the receiving +them contrary to your desire, and the retaining +them contrary to their own. And I begged of +him, both for his own and for your Highness's sake, +that he would do one of two things: either permit +them to go, or put off the affair for this year, by +which he would not lose much; and means might +be taken whereby he might be obliged, and your +Highness might not be offended, as you would be +were this scheme carried out.</p> + +<p>"He was so surprised, sire, at what I told him, +that I also was surprised; but he replied to me with +the best words in the world, saying that on no +account did he wish to offend your Highness, and +many other good words; and he suggested that I +should speak to the Cardinal, and confide the whole +matter to him.</p> + +<p>"May the Lord increase the life and dominions +of your Highness to his holy service. From Saragoca, +Tuesday night, the 28th day of September.</p> + + +<p style="margin-left: 3em"> +"I kiss the hands of your Highness,<br /> +<br /> +<span style="padding-left: 12em" class="smcap">"ALUARO DA COSTA.</span>"<br /> +</p> + + +<p> </p> + +<p>Court intrigue against Magellan did not avail. +There was one thing statecraft could do. It could +set spies on Magellan on board his own ships. This +it succeeded in doing.</p> + +<p>There was in Spain at this time a Portuguese +adventurer and navigator by the name of Estevan +or Esteban Gormez—Stephen Gormez.</p> + +<p>He was a student of navigation, and was restless +to follow the examples of Columbus and Vasco +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span> +da Gama. He had applied to the court of Spain—probably +to Cardinal Ximenes, for a commission to +go on a voyage of discovery and he had received a +favorable answer, and was preparing to embark, +when Magellan appeared at court and promised to +find the Spice Islands by way of South America.</p> + +<p>Magellan's scheme was so much larger and definite +than that of Gormez that the court canceled +its favors to the lesser plans, and Gormez had to +abandon his prospects of sailing under the royal +favors of Spain.</p> + +<p>The eyes of Spain were now fixed on Magellan.</p> + +<p>"I will find a way to the Spice Islands by South +America or by the West," said Magellan to the ministers +of the King, "or you may have my head."</p> + +<p>These were bold words. Magellan had not only +been to the Spice Islands, but he had gone out on +the very voyage that discovered some of them. He +had behaved heroically on the voyage. So his application +to the court superseded the plan of Gormez +and the latter sunk out of sight.</p> + +<p>In his despondency at the failure of his plans, +Gormez came to Magellan.</p> + +<p>"My countryman," said Gormez, "your schemes +have supplanted mine and turned my ships into air. +I was the first to plan a voyage to the Moluccas out +of the wake of hurricanes and monsoons. I do not +feel that I have been treated rightly. Something +surely is due to me."<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span></p> + +<p>Magellan was a man of generous impulses. He +saw that Gormez had a case for moral appeal.</p> + +<p>"My friend," said he, "you shall have a place in +my expedition."</p> + +<p>He could but think that the inspiration and +knowledge of navigation of his countryman would +be useful to him, and he pitied him for his disappointment, +knowing how he himself would feel were +his plans to be set aside.</p> + +<p>So Gormez, the Portuguese, was made the pilot +of the Antonio.</p> + +<p>Magellan, had he reflected, must have seen that +this man would carry with him envy and jealousy, +passions that are poisons. But Estefano, or Esteban, +or Stephen Gormez, took his place at the +pilot house of the Antonio to follow the lantern of +Magellan, but the hurt in his heart at being superseded +never healed.</p> + +<p>On the ships also was one Juan de Carthagena, +captain of the Concepcion, a spy, and one of the +"malapots" of the expedition. He was called the +<i>reedor</i>, or inspector. He inspected Magellan, and +Magellan inspected him, as we shall see.</p> + +<p>And now the flags arose in the clear air, and the +joyful fleet cleared the Guadalquivir and leaped into +the arms of the open sea, amid the acclamations of +gay grandees and a happy people.</p> + +<p>It was September 20th when the anchors were +lifted, of which probably one was destined to come +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span> +back in triumph after an immortal voyage that encompassed +the earth, and gave to Spain a new +ocean.</p> + +<p>And the King of Portugal ordered the coat of +arms to be torn down from the house of Magellan, +as we have pictured at the beginning of our narrative.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap7" id="chap7"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h3> + +<h4>"MAROONED."</h4> + + +<p>The expedition moved down its western way, +over the track of Columbus. It had left poor Ruy +Faleiro behind—he who had seen the progress of it +all in the fitful light of a disordered vision. He had +not relinquished his own high aims. He hoped to +follow Magellan with an expedition of his own.</p> + +<p>The ships were furnished with "castles," fore and +aft; they carried gay pennons and were richly stored. +The artillery comprised sixty-two culverins and +smaller ordnance. Five thousand or more pounds +of powder were shut up in the magazines, and a +large provision was made for trading with the +natives—looking glasses for women, velvets, knives, +and ivory ornaments, and twenty thousand bells.</p> + +<p>Magellan's ship bore a lantern, swung high in +the air amid the thickly corded rigging, which the +other ships were to keep in view in the night. What +a history had this lantern! It gleamed out on the +night track of a new world, a pillar of fire that +encompassed the earth as in the orbit of a star. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p> + +<p>The fleet had fifteen days of good weather and +passed Cape Verde Islands, running along the African +coast.</p> + +<p>But the fleet carried with it disloyal hearts. The +Portuguese prejudice against Magellan sailed with +it. The Spanish sailors distrusted the loyalty of Magellan +to Spain.</p> + +<p>The commander was a man of great heart, chivalrous, +and noble, but he could be firm when there +arose an occasion for it.</p> + +<p>After leaving Teneriffe Magellan altered his +course.</p> + +<p>Juan de Carthagena, captain of the San Antonio, +"the inspector" and a spy, demanded of Magellan +why he had done so.</p> + +<p>"Sir," said Magellan, "you are to follow my flag +by day and my lantern by night, and to ask me no +further questions."</p> + +<p>Carthagena demanded that Magellan should report +his plans to him. Finding that the Admiral +was bent on conducting his own expedition, he +began to act sullenly, and to disobey orders.</p> + +<p>Again the captain of the San Antonio demanded +of Magellan that he should communicate his orders +in regard to the course of steerage to him. He did +this by virtue of his office as inspector. He showed +a very haughty and disloyal spirit, and if this were +not to be checked, the success of the expedition +would be imperilled. He was abetted by Pedro +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span> +Sanches, a priest. Magellan saw treason already +brewing, and he determined to stamp it out at once.</p> + +<p>He went to Carthagena, and laid his hands +on him.</p> + +<p>"Captain, you are my prisoner."</p> + +<p>The astonished captain cried out to his men:</p> + +<p>"Unhand me—seize Magellan!"</p> + +<p>Carthagena had been a priest, and he had great +personal influence, but the men did not obey him.</p> + +<p>"Lead him to the stocks and secure him there," +ordered Magellan.</p> + +<p>The order was obeyed. The fallen inspector was +committed to the charge of the Captain of the Victoria, +and another officer was given charge of the +San Antonio.</p> + +<p>"When we reach land Juan de Carthagena shall +be marooned," was the sentence imposed upon the +inspector. A like sentence was imposed upon Sanches.</p> + +<p>It touched the hearts of the crews to hear this +sentence. What would become of the two priests, +were it to be executed? Would they fall prey to +the natives, or perhaps win the hearts of the people +and be made chiefs among them?</p> + +<p>There was a pilot on board the ship who sympathized +with the mutineers, but who had close lips, +Esteban Gormez, of whom we have spoken. Were +the two mutineers to be marooned he would be glad +to rescue them.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p> + +<p>He had been discontented since the day that his +own plans for an expedition had been superseded by +those of Magellan.</p> + +<p>His discontentment had grown. He became critical +as the fleet sailed on. Every day reminded him +of what he might have done, if he could have only +secured the opportunity.</p> + +<p>A disloyal heart in any enterprise is a very perilous +influence. A wooden horse in Troy is more dangerous +than an army outside.</p> + +<p>Magellan in Gormez had a subtle foe, and that +foe was his own countryman.</p> + +<p>This man probably could not brook to see his +rival add the domains of the sea to the crowns of +Juana and of Charles, though he himself had sought +to do the same thing. Magnanimous he could not be. +Discovery for the sake of discovery had little meaning +for him, but only discovery for his own advancement +and glory.</p> + +<p>He became jealous of Mesquita, Magellan's<a name="ill72"></a> +cousin, now master of the Antonio, who is thought +to have advised severe measures to suppress conspiracy.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_072.jpg" alt="Night after night the ships followed." title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Night after night the ships followed Magellan's lantern.</span></p> + +<p>Night after night he sat down under the moon +and stars, and brooded over his fancied neglect, and +dreamed. Night after night the ships followed the +lantern of Magellan, and the wonders of the sea +grew; but to him it were better that no discoveries +should be made than that such achievements were +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span> +to go to the glory of Spain through the pilotage of +Magellan.</p> + +<p>Discontent grows; jealousy grows as one broods +over fancied wrongs, and sees the prospects of a +rival's success. So it was with Gormez. In his +heart he did not wish the expedition to succeed. He +was ambitious to lead such an enterprise himself, +which he also did, at last, sailing along Massachusetts +Bay and giving it its first name.</p> + +<p>When Gormez had heard that the two disloyal +men were to be marooned, his feelings rose against +Magellan. That they deserved their sentence he +well knew, but they were opposed to Magellan, as +was his own heart. He would have been glad to +have saved them from the execution of their sentence, +but he did not know how to do it.</p> + +<p>"I will rescue them if ever I can," he thought. +"This expedition is not for the glory of Portugal."</p> + +<p>The ships sailed on, bearing the two conspirators +to some place where they could be marooned.</p> + +<p>Let us turn from this dark scene to one of a more +hopeful spirit.</p> + +<p>One day, as we may picture the scene, the +sea lay unruffled like a mirror. The ships drifted +near each other, and night came on after a sudden +twilight, and the stars seemed like liquid lights shot +forth or let down from some ethereal fountain. The +Southern Cross shone so clearly as to uplift the eyes +of the sailors. The ships were becalmed. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p> + +<p>Boats began to ply between the ships, and the +officers of the Trinity, Santiago, Victoria, and Concepcion +assembled under the awning of the San +Antonio, Mesquita's ship, of one hundred and +twenty tons.</p> + +<p>Mesquita, as we have said, was a cousin of +Magellan, and so the Antonio seemed a friendly +ship.</p> + +<p>Magellan sat down by his cousin. The lantern +was going out; its force was spent.</p> + +<p>"We must get a new kind of lantern," said Magellan +to his cousin, "and a code of signal lights. +We need a lantern that is something more steady +and durable than a faggot of wood."</p> + +<p>"I have here a new farol," he continued, the men +listening with intent ears. "Here it is, and I +wonder, my sailors, how far your eyes will follow +it."</p> + +<p>"All loyal hearts will follow it," said Mesquita, +"wherever it may go."</p> + +<p>Gormez frowned. His heart was bitter.</p> + +<p>There rose up an officer named Del Cano, and +stood hat in hand. All eyes were fixed upon him.</p> + +<p>"May it please you, Admiral," he said, "to receive +a word from me. I will follow the new farol +wherever it may lead me. I have ceased to count +my own life in this cause."</p> + +<p>Gormez frowned again.</p> + +<p>"Del Cano," said the Admiral, "I believe in you. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span> +You have a true heart. If I should fall see that +this farol goes back to Spain!"</p> + +<p>Del Cano bowed.</p> + +<p class="figleft"><img src="images/illus_076.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold;">Arms granted to Sebastian Del Cano,<br />Captain of the Victoria, +the first vessel<br />that circumnavigated the globe.</span></p> + +<p>Magellan showed the new lantern to the officers. +It was made of +beaten reeds that had +been soaked in water, +and dried in the sun. It +would hold light long, +and carry it strongly +and steadily.</p> + +<p>"All the ships must +have these new farols," +said he, "and I must +teach you how to signal +by them."</p> + +<p>He stood up. The +moon was rising, and +the dusky, purple air became +luminous.</p> + +<p>He held the farol in +his hand.</p> + +<p>"Two lights," he said, "shall mean for the ship +to tack.</p> + +<p>"Three lights that the sails shall be lowered. +Four, that they shall stop.</p> + +<p>"Five lights, or more, that we have discovered +land, when the flagship shall discharge a bombard. +Follow my lantern always; you can trust it +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> +wherever it may fare. My farol shall be my +star!"</p> + +<p>The men sat there long. There sprung up a +breeze at last, and the sea began to ripple in the +moon.</p> + +<p>Most expeditions that have made successful +achievements have carried men of great hope. Such +a man was Del Cano. He was loyal to the heart of +Magellan; and happy is any leader who has such a +companion, whose steel rings true.</p> + +<p>Magellan hung out the farol. The sails were +spread, and the fleet passed on over the solitary +ocean.</p> + +<p>Whither?</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap8" id="chap8"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h3> + +<h4>"THE WONDERS OF NEW LANDS."—PIGAFETTA'S +TALES OF HIS ADVENTURES WITH MAGELLAN.—THE +STORY OF "THE FOUNTAIN TREE."—"ST. +ELMO'S FIRE."</h4> + + +<p>The ships moved on, bearing the hopeful Del +Cano, the frowning Gormez, the two prisoners, and +the happy Italian Pigafetta.</p> + +<p>Our next chapters will be a series of wonder tales<a name="ill79"></a> +which reveal the South Temperate Zone and its inhabitants +as they appeared to the young and susceptible +Italian, Pigafetta, nearly four hundred years +ago.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_079.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Interior of the Alcázar of Seville.</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p> + +<p>Pigafetta, as we have shown, desired to accompany +Magellan that he might "see the wonders of +the new lands." He saw them indeed, and he +painted them with his pen so vividly that they will +always live. We get our first views of the strange +inhabitants of the Southern regions of the New +World from him. We are to follow his narratives, as +printed for the Hakluyt Society, London, making +some omissions, and changing its form in part, hoping +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span> +thereby to render the text more clear. We +closely follow the spirit of events. Pigafetta addresses +his narrative "To the very illustrious and +very excellent Lord Philip de Villiers Lisleaden, +Grand Master of Rhodes," of whom we have spoken.</p> + +<p>He says, by way of introduction:</p> + +<p>"Finding myself in Spain in the year of the +nativity of our Lord, 1519, at the court of the most +serene King of the Romans (Charles V), and learning +there of the great and awful things of the ocean +world, I desired to make a voyage to unknown seas, +and to see with my own eyes some of the wonderful +things of which I had heard.</p> + +<p>"I heard that there was in the city of Seville +an armada (armade) of five ships, which were ready +to perform a long voyage in order to find the shortest +way to the Islands of Moluco (Molucca) from +whence came the spices. The Captain General of +this armada was Ferdinand de Magagleanes (Magellan), +a Portuguese gentleman, who had made several +voyages on the ocean. He was an honorable +man. So I set out from Barcelona, where the Emperor +was, and traveled by land to the said city of +Seville, and secured a place in the expedition.</p> + +<p>"The Captain General published ordinances for +the guidance of the voyage.</p> + +<p>"He willed that the vessel on which he himself +was should go before the other vessels, and that the +others should keep in sight of it. Therefore he hung +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span> +by night over the deck a torch or faggot of burning +wood which he called a farol (lantern), which +burned all night, so that the ships might not lose +sight of his own.</p> + +<p>"He arranged to set other lights as signals in the +night. When he wished to make a tack on account +of a change of weather he set two lights. Three +lights signified "faster." Four lights signified to +stop and turn. When he discovered a rock or land, +it was to be signalled by other lights.</p> + +<p>"He ordered that three watches should be kept +at night.</p> + +<p><a name="noteD"></a>"On Monday, St. Lawrence Day, August 10th, +the five ships with the crews to the number of two +hundred and thirty-seven<a href="#foot">[D]</a> set sail from the noble +city of Seville, amid the firing of artillery and came +to the end of the river Guadalcavir (Guadalquivir). +We stopped near the Cape St. Vinconet to make +further provisions for the voyage.</p> + + + +<p>"We went to hear mass on shore. There the Captain +commanded that all the men should confess +before going any further.</p> + +<p>"On Tuesday, September 20th, we set sail from +St. Lucar.</p> + +<p>"We came to Canaria (Canaries)."</p> + +<p>This account repeats in a different way a part +of the facts we have given.</p> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p> +<p>Here the young Italian relates his first story, +which is substantially as follows:</p> + + +<p class="center">THE FOUNTAIN TREE.</p> + +<p>"Among the isles of the Canaria there is one +which is very wonderful. There is not to be found +a single drop of water which flows from any fountain +or river.</p> + +<p>"But in this rainless land at the hour of midday, +every day, there descends a cloud from the sky +which envelops a large tree which grows on this +island.</p> + +<p>"The cloud falls upon the leaves of the tree, when +a great abundance of water distills from the leaves. +The tree flows, and soon at the foot of it there +gathers a fountain.</p> + +<p>"The people of the island come to drink of the +water. The animals and the birds refresh themselves +there."</p> + +<p>The story is true so far as relates to the fountain +tree. But that a cloud comes down from Heaven +at midday to refresh it, is not an exact statement +of the manner in which this tree furnishes water to +the sterile island. The young Italian writer describes +the tree as he saw it, and as it seemed to be. The tree +that supplies water as from a natural fountain may +still be found.</p> + +<p>With such a tree to begin his researches on the sea, +Pigafetta must have been impatient to proceed along +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span> +the marvelous ocean way. All the world was to him +as he saw it; he seldom stopped to inquire if appearances +were true.</p> + +<p>With men like Del Cano on board, who had ears +for a marvelous story, his life in the early part of +the voyage must have been a very happy one. +Wonder followed wonder....</p> + +<p>"Monday, the 3d of October," says the interesting +Italian, "we set sail making the course auster, +which the Levantine mariners call siroc (southeast) +entering into the ocean sea. We passed Cape Verde +and navigated by the coast of Guinea of Ethiopia, +where there is a mountain called Sierra Leona. A +rain fell, and the storm lasted sixty days."</p> + +<p>They came to waters full of sharks, which had +terrible teeth, and which ate all the people whom +they found in the sea, alive or dead. These were +caught by a hook of iron.</p> + + +<p class="center">ST. ELMO'S FIRE.</p> + +<p>Here good St. Anseline met the ships; in the +fancy of the mariners of the time, this airy saint +appeared to favored ships in the night, and fair +weather always followed the saintly apparition. He +came in a robe of fire, and stood and shone on the +top of the high masts or on the spars. The sailors +hailed him with joy, as one sent from Heaven. +Happy was the ship on the tropic sea upon whose +rigging the form of good St. Anseline appeared in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span> +the night, and especially in the night of cloud and +storm!</p> + +<p>To the joy of all the ships good St. Anseline came +down one night to the fleet of Magellan. The poetical +Italian tells the story in this way:</p> + +<p>"During these storms, the body of St. Anseline +appeared to us several times.</p> + +<p>"One night among others he came when it was +very dark on account of bad weather. He came in +the form of a fire lighted at the summit of the main +mast, and remained there near two hours and a half.</p> + +<p>"This comforted us greatly, for we were in tears, +looking for the hour when we should perish.</p> + +<p>"When the holy light was going away from us +it shed forth so great a brilliancy in our eyes that +we were like people blinded for near a quarter of an +hour. We called out for mercy.</p> + +<p>"Nobody expected to escape from the storm.</p> + +<p>"It is to be noted that all and as many times as +the light which represents St. Anseline shows itself +upon a vessel which is in a storm at sea, that vessel +never is lost.</p> + +<p>"As soon as this light had departed the sea grew +calmer and the wings of divers kinds of birds appeared."</p> + +<p>Beneficent St. Anseline who manifested his presence +by illuminations in the mast and spars in +equatorial waters! The beautiful illusion has long +been explained and dispelled. It is but an electric +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span> +fire at the end of atmospheric disturbances. But +it is usually a correct prophecy of fair skies and +smooth seas. It is now called St. Elmo's Fire.</p> + +<p>If ever there was an expedition that the saint of +the mariners might favor it would seem to be this.</p> + +<p>One can almost envy the pious Italian his imagination +in the clearing tropic night.</p> + +<p>His next wonders were the sea birds, of which +there were flocks and clouds, and with them appeared +flying fish.</p> + +<p>The ships were now off the coasts of Brazil and +stopped at Verzim.</p> + +<p>The people of the Brazilian Verzim were accustomed +to paint themselves "by fire." We do not +clearly understand how this painting "by fire" was +done. The art of scorching has perished with them. +But besides these indelible marks, the men had three +holes in their lower lips, and hung in them, after the +manner of earrings, small round ornamental stones, +about a finger in length. The men did not shave, +for they <i>plucked out</i> their beard.</p> + +<p>Their only clothing was a circle of parrot +feathers. How <i>terribly</i> gay they must have looked! +And yet such customs were hardly more ridiculous +than those of later times, and more civilized countries—earrings, +beauty patches, plume, and snuffboxes.</p> + +<p>It was the land of parrots. The most beautiful +and intelligent parrots still come from Brazil. Columbus +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span> +saw parrots in "clouds" over the islands of +the Antilles.</p> + +<p>Parrots were not expensive in these equatorial +forests at this time. "The natives," says Pigafetta, +"give eight or ten parrots for a looking glass," and +as a looking glass would multiply the picture of parrots +indefinitely the Verzimans must have thought +the exchange a marvelous bargain.</p> + +<p>If Brazilian parrots were cheap and so charming +as likely to become an embarrassment of riches, so +were the little cat monkeys which delighted the men. +These little creatures, which looked like miniature +lions, still delight the visitors to the coast of Brazil, +but they shiver up when brought to the northern +atmospheres and piteously cry for the home lands +of the sun again.</p> + +<p>Very curious birds began to excite the surprise of +the voyagers, among such as had a "beak like a +spoon," and "no tongue."</p> + +<p>The markets of the new land displayed another +commodity far more surprising than birds or animals, +young slaves, which were offered for sale by +their own families. So a family who had many children +was rich. It cost a hatchet to buy one of these, +and for a hatchet and a knife one might buy <i>two</i>.</p> + +<p>The people made bread of the "marrow of trees," +and carried victuals in baskets on their heads.</p> + +<p>Masses were said for the crews on shore, and the +natives knelt down with the men. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p> + +<p>The people were so pleased with their visitors +that they built a common house for them.</p> + +<p>A pleasing illusion had made the sailors most +welcome here.</p> + +<p>It had not rained in Verzim for two months +when the expedition landed. The people were looking +to the heavens for mercy day by day. But the +copper sun rose as often in a clear sky.</p> + +<p>At last Magellan's sails appeared in the burning +air. The sight of the sails was followed by that +of clouds.</p> + +<p>The people thought that the fleet had brought +the clouds with them.</p> + +<p>"They come from Heaven," said they of the adventurers.</p> + +<p>So when they were exhorted to accept Christianity, +they at once fell down before the uplifted crosses +and believed the teachings of the sea heroes who +could command the clouds and bring rain to the +parched land.</p> + +<p>They thought the ships were gods and the small +boats the children of such beings, and when the +latter approached the ships they imagined that they +were children come home to their fathers or +mothers.</p> + +<p>The ships remained in this delightful country of +Verzim thirteen weeks. Pigafetta and Del Cano +must have thought that life here was ideal. What +scenes would follow?</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap9" id="chap9"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h3> + +<h4>PINEAPPLES, POTATOES, VERY OLD PEOPLE.</h4> + + +<p>Other things were there on the wonderful Brazilian +coast. There the mariners traded in them +and were refreshed with a delicious fruit, called +pique—pineapples.</p> + +<p>They came to the knowledge here of a nutritious +ground fruit called battate. "This," says our +Italian, "has the taste of a chestnut and is the +length of a shuttle." These ground fruits were +potatoes.</p> + +<p>The people here seem to have been very liberal in +trading.</p> + +<p>They would give six fowls for a knife—well they +might do so, as they used stone implements.</p> + +<p>They gave <i>two</i> geese for a comb—here they were +both generous and wise.</p> + +<p>They gave as great a quantity of fish as ten men +could eat for a pair of scissors.</p> + +<p>And for a bell, they gave a whole basket full of +potatoes (battate).</p> + +<p>Marvelous indeed as was this same country of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span> +Verzim, it also abounded in the conditions and atmospheres +of long life.</p> + +<p>"Some of these people," says our Italian chronicler, +"live to be a hundred or a hundred and twenty, +or a hundred and forty or more. They wear little +clothing."</p> + +<p>Which speaks well for pineapples, potatoes, and +easy dress.</p> + +<p>"They sleep on cotton nets, which are fastened +on large timbers, and stretch from one end of the +house to another."</p> + +<p>It is good to sleep in ample ventilation. We do +not wonder that many of the people passed a hundred +years.</p> + +<p>The boats of these people were as simple as their +open houses.</p> + +<p>"These are not made with iron instruments, for +there are none, but with stones."</p> + +<p>The canoes were dug out of one long tree—some +giant growth of the forest which would convey from +thirty to forty men. The paddles for these canoes +resembled shovels. The rowers were usually black +men.</p> + +<p>The people ate human flesh, but only at feasts of +triumph. They then served up their enemies.</p> + +<p>Pigafetta draws the following grewsome picture:</p> + +<p>"They do not eat up the whole body of a man +whom they take prisoner; they eat him bit by bit, +and for fear that he should be spoiled, they cut him +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span> +up into pieces, which they set to dry before the +chimney. They eat this day by day, so as to keep in +mind the memory of their enemy."</p> + +<p>This was indeed the sweet food of revenge, and +as barbarous as it seems, the spirit of revenge secretly +cherished is hardly less unworthy when it finds +expression in words that are bitter, if not carnal.</p> + +<p>The region abounded with bright birds, yet with +all these delights, and pineapples and potatoes, +there fell great rains. So there were shadows in +the sunlands.</p> + +<p>We can fancy Pigafetta relating his discoveries +on the shore to a susceptible spirit, like Del Cano, +and writing an account of them day by day in his +immortal journal.</p> + +<p>These strange adventures by sea and on land +which so greatly interested the Italian Knight Pigafetta, +our historian, do not seem to have greatly +impressed the mind of Magellan. The lands had +been sighted before. His whole soul was bent on +one purpose—not on rediscovery, but on discovery. +He was sailing now where other keels had been. It +was his purpose to find new ways for the world to +follow over unknown seas. His heart could find no +full satisfaction but in water courses that sails had +never swept; a new way to the Moluccas that no +ship had ever broken.</p> + +<p>Notwithstanding the friendly spirit and liberal +patronage of the Emperor, he still stood against the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span> +world. He represented a cast-out name. His own +countrymen, on his own ships in the long delays on +the voyage to unknown seas, were plotting against +him.</p> + +<p>Let us recall in fancy a night scene as the ships +lay on the waters of the meridional world. Magellan +sits alone in one of the castles of the ship and looks +out on the phosphorescent sea. The stars above +him shine in a clear splendor, and are reflected in +the sea. The sky seems to be in the waters; the +waters are a mirror of the sky. Among the clear +stars the Southern Cross, always vivid, here rises +high. Magellan lifts to it his eye, and feels the religious +inspiration of the suggestion. He is a son +of the Church, and he holds that all discoveries are +to be made for the glory of the Cross.</p> + +<p>On the distant shores palms rise in armies in +the dusky air. The shores are silent. When arose +the tall people that inhabited them?</p> + +<p>Magellan dreams: he wonders at himself, at his +inward commission; at his cast-out name and great +opportunity.</p> + +<p>One of his trusty friends comes to him; he is a +Spaniard and his disquieting words break the serenity +of the scene.</p> + +<p>"Captain General, it hurts my soul to say it, +but there is disloyalty on the ships—it is everywhere."</p> + +<p>"I seem to feel the atmospheres of it," said Magellan. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span> +"Why should it be? The sea and the sky +promise us success. Who are disloyal?"</p> + +<p>"Captain General, they are your own countrymen!"</p> + +<p>"And why do they plot treason under the Cross +of discovery?"</p> + +<p>"Captain General, if the ocean open new ways +before you, and you should achieve all of which you +dream, they will have little share in the glory; you +are facing stormy waters and perils unknown, not +for Portugal, but for Spain."</p> + +<p>"Not for Spain alone, nor for Portugal, but for +the glory of the Cross, and the good of all the world. +A divine will leads me, and sustains me, and directs +me. I am not seeking gold or fame or any personal +advantage; my soul goes forth to reveal the wonders +and the benevolence of Providence to the heart of +the whole world. I go alone, and feel the loneliness +of my lot. I left all that I had to make this expedition. +It is my purpose to discover unknown seas. +Joy, rapture, and recompense would come to me, +beyond wealth or fame, could my eyes be the first +to see a new ocean world, and to carry back the +knowledge of it to all nations. What happiness +would it be to me to ride on uncharted tides! My +friend, you are loyal to me?"</p> + +<p>"Captain General, I am loyal, and the Spanish +sailors are loyal; it is your own men who plot in +dark corners to bring your plans to naught." +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the shadow of one of the tall castles of another +ship sit a band of idle men. They are Portuguese.</p> + +<p>One of them, who seems to lead the minds of the +others, is whittling, and after a long silence says:</p> + +<p>"We do not know where we are going, and +wherever we are going, we are Portuguese and are +slaves to Spain."</p> + +<p>"Ay, ay," returned an old Portuguese sailor, +"and when we go back again, should that ever be, +the profit to us will be little at the India House."</p> + +<p>"Right," answered a number of voices, and one +ventured to say:</p> + +<p>"Magellan, after all, may be mad, like his old +companion, the astronomer. Both came from the +same place in Portugal."</p> + +<p>Some of the officers had schemes of their own.</p> + +<p>But the ships crept on and on, along the Brazilian +coast, where the flag of Spain and the farol guided +them in the track of the Admiral they followed. +Night after night the lantern of the flagship gleamed +in the air, moving toward cooler waters under the +Southern Cross.</p> + +<p>And in Magellan's heart was a single purpose, +and he anticipated the joy of a great discovery, as +a revelation that would answer the prophetic light +that shone like a star in his own spiritual vision. +On, and on!</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap10" id="chap10"></a>CHAPTER X.</h3> + +<h4>THE FIRST GIANT.—THE ISLANDS OF GEESE AND +GOSLINGS.—THE DANCING GIANTS.</h4> + + +<p>The narrative of Pigafetta, the Knight of Rhodes, +has much curious lore in regard to giants. At a +place on the coast, formerly called Cape St. Mary, +the first of these giants appeared.</p> + +<p>He was a leader of a tribe "who ate human +flesh." The lively Knight of Rhodes informs us +that this man, who towered above his fellows, "had +a voice like a bull."</p> + +<p>He came to one of the captains' ships and asked—of +course in sign language; for a man may have a +"voice like a bull" and yet fail to be understood in +cannibal tongues—if he might come on board the +ship and bring his fellows with him.</p> + +<p>He left a quantity of goods on the shore. While +he was negotiating at the ships, his people on the +shore, who seem to have been unusually wise and +prudent, began to remove the stores of goods from +exposure to danger to a kind of castle at some distance. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p> + +<p>The officers of the ships grew inpatient when +they saw the tempting goods being thus removed. +So they landed a hundred men to recover the goods, +which they seemed to have deemed theirs after the +"right of discovery."</p> + +<p>The men began to run after the provident natives, +when they became greatly surprised. The natives +seemed to <i>fly</i> over the ground, and leave them behind +at a humiliating distance.</p> + +<p>"They did more in one step than we could do at +a bound," says Pigafetta, Knight of Rhodes.</p> + +<p>The giant people here showed that there was +need to approach them with caution. Some time +before, these "Canibali" had captured a Spanish +sea captain and sixty men, who had landed and pastured +inland to make discoveries. They ate them +all—a fearful feast!</p> + +<p>Our voyagers probably had no desire to go too +far inland in view of such a warning; so they returned +and proceeded on their course toward the +antarctic pole.</p> + +<p>They discovered two small islands, which had +more agreeable inhabitants than the land of Cape +St. Mary. "These islands," says our good Knight +Pigafetta, "were full of geese and goslings and sea +wolves." He adds: "We loaded five ships with them +for an hour."</p> + +<p>The Knight has also left us the following +curious picture of the birds, which must have +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span> +been very much surprised at being so rudely disturbed:</p> + +<p>"The geese are black, and have feathers all over +the body of the same size and shape; and they do not +fly but live on fish, and they were so fat that we +did not pluck them, but skinned them. They have +beaks like that of a crow.</p> + +<p>"The sea wolves of these islands are of many +colors and of the size and thickness of a calf, and +have a head like a calf, and ears small and round. +They have teeth but no legs, but feet joining close +to the body, which resemble a human hand. They +have small nails to their feet, and skin between the +fingers like geese.</p> + +<p>"If these animals could run they would be very +bad and cruel, but they do not stir from the waters, +and swim and live upon fish."</p> + +<p>This seems to be a very admirable description of +a sea wolf, O Knight of Rhodes!</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p> + +<p>A great storm came down upon the ships here. +But, marvelous to relate, the fiery body of good St. +Anselmo or Anseline "appeared to us, and immediately +the storm ceased."</p> + +<p>The fleet sailed away again and came to Port St. +Julian, the true land of the giants, of which place our +Knight has some very interesting stories to tell.</p> + +<p>The fleet entered the Port of St. Julian. It was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span> +winter, and for a long time no human beings appeared.</p> + + + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_097.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">The world according to the Ptolemy of 1548.</span></p> + +<p>Suddenly one day a most extraordinary sight met +the eyes of some of the adventurers. Our Knight's +description of this being is very vivid. He says:</p> + +<p>"One day, without any one's expecting it, we saw +a giant who was on the shore of the sea, quite naked, +and was dancing and leaping and singing, and, while +singing, he put sand and dust on his head." +The Captain of one of the ships, who first saw this +extraordinary creature, said to one of the sailors:</p> + +<p>"Go and meet him. He dances and sings as a +sign of friendship. You must do the same. Beckon +him to me."</p> + +<p>The Captain himself was on a little island.</p> + +<p>The scene that followed must have been comical +indeed.</p> + +<p>The giant danced and sung and sprinkled his +head with sand. The sailor did the same, danced +and sang, and the two approached each other.</p> + +<p>So the giant was made to think that he was +among friends. The sailor led him on to the island, +where he met the Captain.</p> + +<p>But the lively giant now began to be afraid in +the presence of a new people. He seemed to wish +to ask them who they were and whence they came. +Then an answer to this question came to him. He +looked up to the sky and pointed upward with one +finger, saying by signs:</p> + +<p>"Did you come down from Heaven?"</p> + +<p>"He was so tall," says our descriptive Knight, +"that the tallest of us only came up to his waist." +He was probably hardly taller than many of his +race. Falkner, in his account of Patagonia (1774), +says that he saw men there seven feet and a half +high.</p> + +<p>Of this dancing giant our historian gives a further +description in lively and interesting colors:</p> + +<p>"He had a large face painted red all around, and +around his eyes were rings of yellow, and he had +two hearts painted on his cheeks. He had but little +hair on the top of his head, which was painted white.</p> + + +<p><a name="ill99"></a>"When he was brought before the Captain, he +had thrown over him the skin of a certain beast, +which skin was very carefully sewed."</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_099.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">The dancing giant</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p> + +<p>The skin was that of a guanaco, a kind of llama.</p> + +<p>Our historian thus describes the guanaco:</p> + +<p>"This beast has its head and ears of the size of +a mule, and the neck and body of the fashion of a +camel, the legs of a deer, and the tail of a horse, +and it neighs like a horse. There are great numbers +of these animals in the same place."</p> + +<p>Patagonia is the land of these strange animals, +which are still found there, and are hunted by Indians +who lie upon the ground with drawn bows. +The animal has great curiosity, and he draws near +this living snare and is killed. When tame he is an +interesting companion, but if angered he suddenly +emits a great quantity of offensive liquid from his +nose, like a half bucket of water, which he throws +upon the offender. He is the South American +camel.</p> + +<p>This giant when he made himself ready to meet +the adventurers had shoes of leather or skins, and +carried a bow made of the "gut of a beast" and a +bundle of cane arrows feathered, at the end of +which were small white stones.</p> + +<p>"The Captain caused food and drink to be given +to him.</p> + +<p>"Then the crew began to show him some of the +presents they had brought, among them a looking-glass." +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span></p> + +<p>When the giant saw himself in the glass he was +filled with wonder. It was as though his own ghost +had appeared to him. There were men behind him +curious to see how he would be affected. He leaped +back with such force as to tumble them over. They +were but pigmies to him.</p> + +<p>The Captain now gave the giant two bells, a mirror, +a comb, and beads, and sent him back to the +shore.</p> + +<p>One of the giants of the country saw him coming +back, ran to the habitation of the giants, and +summoned the giant people to the shore to meet +him. They came, almost naked, leaping and singing, +and pointing upward to Heaven. What a sight +it must have been!</p> + +<p>The women were laden with goods. The sailors +beckoned them to the ships to trade.</p> + +<p>Queerly enough, the women brought with them +a baby or little guanaco, which they led by a string. +Our historian learned that when these giants wished +to capture the old guanacos or camels they fastened +one of the little guanacos to a bush, and the old ones +came to the bush to play with it, and so became an +easy prey.</p> + +<p>"Six days afterward, our people going to cut +wood," writes the Knight, "saw another giant, who +raised his hands toward Heaven.</p> + +<p>"When the Captain General came to know of it, +he sent to fetch him with his ship's boat, and brought +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span> +him to one of the little islands in the port. This +giant was of a better disposition than the other, and +was a gracious and amiable person, he loved to +dance and leap. When he leaped, he caused the +earth to sink to a palm's depth at the place where +his feet touched."</p> + +<p>The good giant remained for a time with the +adventurers. They gave him the name of John. +They learned him to pronounce the name of Jesus.</p> + +<p>"Say Pater Noster," said they.</p> + +<p>"Pater Noster," said the giant.</p> + +<p>"Say Ave Maria," said the men.</p> + +<p>"Ave Maria," said the susceptible giant.</p> + +<p>They made him presents when he went away, +among them some of the many tinkling bells.</p> + +<p>"We must capture some of these people," said +the Captain, "and take them to Spain for wonders."</p> + +<p>So the explorers began to study how to secure +some interesting specimens of these tall people, to +excite the wonder of the people of Spain.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap11" id="chap11"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h3> + +<h4>CAPTURING A GIANT.—MAGELLAN'S DECISION.</h4> + + +<p>The attempts to capture wild giants greatly +interested Pigafetta.</p> + +<p>Our historian says that it was "done by gentle +and cunning means, for otherwise they would have +done a hurt to some of our men."</p> + +<p>One day some sailors saw four giants hidden in +some bushes, and they were unarmed. They +brought these into the power of the Captain. Two +of them were young, and such as would excite admiration +anywhere for their noble development.</p> + +<p>They gave these two lusty young Herculeses as +many knives, mirrors, bells, and trinkets as they +could hold in their hands, and while the delighted +youths were thus abounding in riches, the Captain +said:</p> + +<p>"Now show them the iron fetters."</p> + +<p>The two youths could but wonder at these when +they were brought.</p> + +<p>The Captain ordered that the fetters be presented +to them.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span></p> + +<p>But their hands were already full. What could +they do with them? Where could they put them?</p> + +<p>The Captain signified to them that he would ornament +their feet with the fetters. To this they consented.</p> + +<p>So the fetters were put on the feet of each of +them, like necklaces or rings, but when the young +giants saw a blacksmith bring a hammer and rivet +the fetters, they began to be distrustful and presently +greatly agitated. They tried to walk, but they +could not move.</p> + +<p>Our historian thus describes their fury when they +saw that they were helplessly bound:</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless when they saw the trick which +had been played on them they began to be enraged, +and to foam like bulls, crying out to the <i>devil</i> to help +them." We do not see why our Knight should have +taken this view of the case; we would think that +two human beings who had been so treacherously +deceived, might have been regarded as appealing to +the Deity of justice.</p> + +<p>"The hands of the other two giants were bound," +says the original narrative, "but it was with great +difficulty; then the Captain sent them back on shore, +with nine of his men to conduct them, and to bring +the wife of one of those who had remained in irons, +because he regretted her greatly." This last touch +gives us a very favorable view of this young giant.</p> + +<p>But on being conducted away, one of the two +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span> +giants who were to be liberated, untied his hands +and escaped. As soon as he found that he was +free, his feet were picked up nimbly indeed. He +flew, as it were, his long strides leaving his late +captors far behind him. He had no heart to trust +Europeans again. He rushed to his native town, +but he found only the women there, who must +have been greatly alarmed; the men had gone to +hunt.</p> + +<p>He rushed after the hunters to tell them how his +companions had been betrayed.</p> + +<p>What became of the other giant whose hands +were bound? He struggled, too, to break the cords, +seeing which, one of the men struck him on the +head. He became quiet when he saw that he was +helpless, and led the men to the giant's town where +the women and children were.</p> + +<p>The men concluded to pass the night there, as it +was near night and everything there looked harmless +and inviting.</p> + +<p>But during the night the other giant who had +gone to meet the hunters returned with his companions. +These saw the bruised head of the giant +who had also been bound, and warned the women +who began to run. We are told that the youngest +"ran faster than the biggest" and that the men +"ran faster than horses," at which we can not +wonder. The fleeing giant shot one of the men from +the ships, and he was buried there on shore. The +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span> +poor giant in irons who had lamented for his wife +probably never saw the giantess again.</p> + +<p>The methods of treating sickness in the town of +the giants were curious. For an emetic one ran a +stick down his throat. For a headache, one cut a +gash on the forehead, not unlike the old method of +bleeding. The philosophy of this latter treatment +was interesting—blood did not remain with pain, +and pain departed with blood—quite true; white +people have advanced theories as conclusive.</p> + +<p>"When one of them dies," says our Knight, "ten +devils appear and dance around the dead man." One +of the poor giants who was forced to remain on +board said he had seen devils with horns, and hair +that fell to their feet, who spouted fire. There +seems to be the color of the European imagination +in this statement.</p> + +<p>The giants lived on raw meat, thistles, and sweet +root, and one of them drank a "bucket of water" at +a time.</p> + +<p>The expedition remained at St. Julian five +months, and acquired much information about the +country from the captive giants with whom they +learned to talk by sign language.</p> + +<p>They here set up a cross on a mountain and took +possession of the country in the name of the King of +Spain. They called the signal elevation where they +planted the cross the Mount of Christ.</p> + +<p>The primitive people of the shores of Brazil and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span> +Patagonia delighted in exciting the wonder of their +visitors. Many of these people who thought that +the Europeans had come down from the sky, where +they conceived all life must be wonderful indeed, +liked to show them some of the feats that the people +of the earth could do. The people who came down +from the sky they reasoned had great wisdom in +sailing the seas, but they were not giants. They +could trail a lantern along the sea in the night air +in some unaccountable way, but they did not know +how to run with flying feet on the land or how to +wing arrows with unerring aim into the sky and sea.</p> + +<p>One day there came from a company of the primitive +people, a champion in an art of which the Europeans +could have never heard. They had seen these +people run, leap, and vault with almost magic power, +but they had never seen one who could make a tube +of himself.</p> + +<p>This new champion approached the men in the +usual way, inviting attention. He carried in his +hand an arrow which was a cubit and a half long.</p> + +<p>He tilted it, opened his great mouth to receive +it, dropped it into his throat, when, amid muscular +contortions, it began to descend. The sailors +watched him with amazement as it went down. It +disappeared at last, having, as we are told, descended +to the "bottom of his stomach." It seemed +to cause him no pain.</p> + +<p>Presently the quiver began to appear again. The +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span> +long arrow slowly rose out of the human tube which +the man had made of himself, and dropped into his +hand at last, the whole being performed by muscular +movement.</p> + +<p>He must have been delighted at the sensation +which this mental control over the muscles of digestion +had produced. It was less strange that the +arrow should have gone down than that it should +have come up again.</p> + +<p>Such feats as these entertained the sailors from +time to time when they were on shore. Pigafetta +was now seeing the "wonders of the world" indeed.</p> + +<p>Magellan's mind was given to the more serious +problems of the voyage.</p> + +<p>The Antarctic pole star now rose to his view. It +was cold. Magellan saw that the voyage would be +likely to last long.</p> + +<p>Not only the Portuguese came to distrust him, +but some of the Spanish sailors caught the infection +of the deleterious atmosphere. They reasoned +differently from the Portuguese.</p> + +<p>"The Admiral is a native of Portugal," said they, +"and though the Portuguese court rejected him, he +will be sure in the end to be true to his own people +and King. He will never allow the glory of his discoveries +to go to Spain."</p> + +<p>Some of them came to him to say that the wind +blew cold, that the sea was full of perils, that nothing +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span> +but disaster could come by pushing on into the +sea where they were tending.</p> + +<p>"Turn south," said they.</p> + +<p>The answer of Magellan was royal and loyal. We +give it in what, from what was reported of it, must +be in his own thought, and very nearly his own +words.</p> + +<p>"Comrades, my course was laid down by Cæsar +(the King) himself. I—will—not—depart—from—it—in—any—degree. +I will open to Cæsar an unknown world."</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap12" id="chap12"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h3> + +<h4>THE MUTINY AT PORT JULIAN.—THE STRAITS.—1519.</h4> + + +<p>Days of mutiny came in the cold waters.</p> + +<p>The spirit of disloyalty that had found expression +in the inspector broke out anew at Port St. +Julian. It spread through the officers and crews of +three of the ships. These caused to be published the +resolution that they would sail no farther.</p> + +<p>"You are leading us to destruction," said the +mutineers.</p> + +<p>Luis de Mendoza, Captain of the Victoria, the +treasurer of the expedition, was a leader of the +mutiny. Another disturbing spirit was Gasper de +Queixada, Captain of the Concepcion.</p> + +<p>Magellan, of the kind heart, had, as we have seen, +the resolution to meet emergencies. This expedition +was his life. It must not be opposed, hindered, +or thwarted. He lived in his purpose. He must +stamp out the mutiny. He no more used gentle and +courteous words. He thundered his will.</p> + +<p>One day Ambrosia Fernandez, his constable, +came to him, and said:<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Three crews are ready to mutiny, to force you +to go back."</p> + +<p>Magellan saw that he must make the leaders of +these ships his prisoners, or that he would become +theirs.</p> + +<p>"Constable," he said, "pick out sixty trusty men +and arm them well. Go with them on board the +treasurer's ship, and arrest Mendoza and lay him +dead on the deck."</p> + +<p>The fleet was moored in line. It was flood tide, +and Mendoza's ship rode astern of Magellan's, and +the ship of Queixada, ahead.</p> + +<p>Magellan prepared his own crew to face the consequences +of a tragedy should one occur. He ordered +his hawser to be attached to the cable, and called +his crew to arms.</p> + +<p>When the flood tide was at its height, Fernandez, +the constable, prepared to execute his order.</p> + +<p>He appeared before the ship of the mutinous Mendoza, +and asked to be received on board.</p> + +<p>"Back to your own ship," said the mutineer. "I +command the Victoria."</p> + +<p>"But we are few against many," said the constable, +"and I have a message from the Admiral +which I must deliver."</p> + +<p>He was helped on board the Victoria.</p> + +<p>His feet had no sooner touched the deck than he +seized Mendoza.</p> + +<p>"I arrest you in the name of the Emperor." +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span></p> + +<p>The armed men that the constable had left on the +boat rushed on board.</p> + +<p>The crew of the Victoria, stood aghast. They +saw the power of the Admiral's mind.</p> + +<p>Magellan brought his ship alongside the Victoria.</p> + +<p>He led his armed crew on board the Victoria, +and halted before a terrible scene. Mendoza had +been stabbed by the constable, and the crew of the +Victoria plead for mercy, and promised to be loyal +to the Admiral.</p> + +<p>In this hour of tragedy and terror Magellan bore +his ship around to Queixada's, and made the officers +and crew of the Concepcion his prisoners. The leaders +of the mutiny were executed. It was a necessity.</p> + +<p>Magellan caused also the sentence he had imposed +on the inspector and his accomplice to be +carried out here.</p> + +<p>Carthagena and Sanches were led from their +prison to the shore.</p> + +<p>As the sails were being lifted to depart, they +were marooned—left with some provisions, among +which were some bottles of wine, on the desert +shore.</p> + +<p>There were hearts that pitied them as the ships +sailed away. There was <i>one</i> who plotted to rescue +them. It was Gormez.</p> + +<p>They left them some biscuits with the bottles of +wine.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p> + +<p>"It is the last bread they will ever eat," said their +companions.</p> + +<p>"And the last wine that they will ever drink," +said a loyal priest on board.</p> + +<p>But there was one on board that shook his head.</p> + +<p>If he could have his will the two would eat bread +and drink wine again in the convents of beautiful +Seville.</p> + +<p>The execution of the disloyal Spaniards again +awakened the jealousy of Gormez. He probably +began to plan about this time to separate the Antonio +from the expedition, and lead her back to Spain. +His heart was with the inspector and friar far away +on the desolate shore.</p> + +<p>The ships sailed away, and the marooned priests +saw them disappear.</p> + +<p>"They were cast aside for opposing a madman," +reasoned Gormez. "Magellan is no fit leader of an +expedition. If I had full command of the Antonio, +I would rescue the inspector, if I were to find him +alive."</p> + +<p>But he could not take the Antonio back while +Mesquita, Magellan's loyal cousin, was in command. +Had he breathed a breath of disloyalty in the presence +of this Portuguese, he might have himself been +deposed from his position and marooned, as had +been the inspector and the friar.</p> + +<p>A dark plot began to form in the pilot's mind. +If he could incite the crew against Mesquita in some +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> +hour of peril, he might cause him to be imprisoned +on his own ship, and then he could succeed to the +command, and take the Antonio back to Spain.</p> + +<p>And he would also endeavor to rescue the inspector +and the friend of the inspector who had +been marooned. If he could rescue them and take +them back with him to Spain, they would be powerful +witnesses for him against Magellan.</p> + +<p>Gormez now waited his opportunity. A jealous +man seeks for a principle of life to ease his conscience +and justify evil deeds. Gormez had two +principles to sustain him in his disloyalty. The one +was that he could lead a better expedition, and the +other the merciful rescue of his two companions +who had been marooned for the same opinions that +he had from the first carried in his heart. So calling +treachery, loyalty and sympathy, he awaited an +hour favorable to his plan.</p> + +<p>If he could return to Spain he would offer his +services to Portugal or to Spain to lead an expedition +to the Spice Islands that should be conducted +in some more promising way than by the winter +seas.</p> + +<p>As the ships sailed on into the clouds and cold, +the sailors were filled with apprehension. But the +farol still shone at night like a star in the changing +atmosphere. They had expected that the extremity +of South America would point West, but this was +not the case. Whither were they tending? +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span></p> + +<p>It was the middle of October. The water grew +colder and the land became more desolate. Suddenly +a bay appeared and the continent seemed to +part. The sea poured its tides to the East amid +towering mountains, and a strait appeared, which +now bears the name of Magellan.</p> + +<p>The soul of the Admiral thrilled. It was the fulfillment +of his visions. He called the opening to +the swift channel Cape Virgins, as he discovered +it on the day on which the Church commemorated +the martyrdom of the "eleven thousand virgins."</p> + +<p>His lone lantern entered the straits. The way +was toward the East.</p> + +<p>Magellan sent the ship Antonio, which was commanded +by his cousin Alvaro de Mesquita, to explore +the bay, of which ship Gormez still held the +position of pilot. The mutineer's hour had come.</p> + +<p>The pilot entered the bay, but presently a powerful +tide carried the ship back, and beyond the sight +of the flag and the lantern of Magellan.</p> + +<p>The jealous Portuguese had seen enough to know +that great perils were before the fleet or that a +glory like to that of Columbus was now likely to +fall to the lot of Magellan. He determined to be +revenged upon the Admiral for supplanting him in +accepting the favors of the King.</p> + +<p>He called the crew secretly about him.</p> + +<p>"You are rushing on to ruin," he said. "I can +take you back to Spain. Put Mesquita in irons, and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span> +let us return. Mesquita advised Magellan to execute +our comrades!"</p> + +<p>The crew, overcome by the perils of the situation, +obeyed the pilot.</p> + +<p>Mesquita was placed in irons, and the pilot bore +the Antonio away from the wintry seas, and turned +her prow toward Spain.</p> + +<p>But untrue as the sailors were to Magellan, he +was true to them. He delayed the expedition for +their return, and sent out the Victoria in search of +them. The Victoria's crew planted signal standards, +under which were letters.</p> + +<p>Now perhaps for the first time Magellan was +master of the expedition. He supposed at first that +the Antonio had become lost in the terrible tides, +but he still suspected treachery.</p> + +<p>As the fleet entered the straits, the hills at night +blazed with fires. The explorers thought these fires +were volcanoes. They were signal fires kindled by +the natives. Magellan gave the place the name of +"Tierra del Fuego"—the "Land of Fire," a name +that it still bears.</p> + +<p>The water ran icy cold. Peaks of crystal towered +above the straits, and the sublimities of mountain +desolations everywhere appeared. So amid awful +chasms of the sea, now white with snows, now dark +with shadows, the little fleet glided on, the farol in +the air at night, and all eyes strained with wonder +to see what new disclosure this strait would bring. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span></p> + +<p>What must have been the reflection of Magellan +as the mysteries of the new world lifted before his +eyes?</p> + +<p>Joy is the compensation of suffering, and if his +happiness was as great as his trials had been, he +must have indeed known thrilling moments. He had +dared, and he had achieved.</p> + +<p>He wondered at the fate of the Antonio, as the +days went by. He indeed thought her lost, but yet +hoped that she might appear.</p> + +<p>"She has deserted us," ventured a loyal officer.</p> + +<p>"No," reasoned the Admiral. "Mesquita would +never desert me."</p> + +<p>He was right. There were many true hearts that +made the voyage like Del Cano's, but no heart was +truer to Magellan than Mesquita's; and true hearts +know and love each other.</p> + +<p>The ships glided on slowly, without the Antonio. +They had two new passengers in the giants whose +lives must have been filled with wonder on ship-board.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap13" id="chap13"></a>CHAPTER XIII.</h3> + +<h4>"THE ADMIRAL WAS MAD!"</h4> + + +<p>Grave as was the act of treachery that the +jealousy of Gormez led him to commit, he was true +to the two marooned priests who had opposed the +daring schemes of Magellan.</p> + +<p>"We must not leave them to perish," he said.</p> + +<p>So with Mesquita in irons he steered his ship +toward the lonely islands where the crew had passed +the winter.</p> + +<p>They found Carthagena and his brother monk +still living, and never could two men have been more +glad to escape from exile. To live among naked +giants, whom they could not civilize, must have become +a horror to them. But their lives had been +spared, though their biscuits and wine, we fancy, +were gone.</p> + +<p>"The Admiral has gone mad," said the men who +had come to rescue them. "He knows not the way +to the Moluccas, nor to anywhere."</p> + +<p>The marooned men asked them where they were +now going.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p> + +<p>"To Spain," was the answer. "We have come +to rescue you. Our Captain has never forgotten you. +He will need you as witnesses. You must testify +that the Admiral is mad."</p> + +<p>They were ready to testify that.</p> + +<p>The ship sailed back to Spain.</p> + +<p>The tales that they carried back to beautiful +Seville caused a great disappointment in Spain. +They must have stricken the heart of the wife of +Magellan.</p> + +<p>Gormez related there that the Admiral had become +mad; that he had marooned the two priests +whom they had brought back as witnesses of the +truth of what he asserted; that Magellan had sailed +into winter seas, and quite lost his reason, and knew +not where he was going.</p> + +<p>Then he told a terrible story of the execution of +the mutinous Spaniards, friends of the King, at St. +Julian. He said:</p> + +<p>"His cousin, Mesquita, our captain, advised these +crimes, and so we put him in irons, and have brought +him back to receive justice in Spain."</p> + +<p>Mesquita protested his innocence and tried to gain +credence for his case. But no one cared to listen to +him. The court and the popular feeling were against +him. He was consigned to a prison. It was useless +for him to protest, and to say that Magellan had made +a great discovery; that he had found straits which +were leading to the South Sea, and which were +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span> +likely to prove that the ocean that Balboa had beheld +was continuous.</p> + +<p>He was placed in a lonely dungeon, and there +brooded over his wrongs and dreamed.</p> + +<p>He had one hope; it was that Magellan would +return triumphant, a second Columbus or Vasco da +Gama. If that day were to come, he would be released, +and the court would honor him, and he would +be hailed as a hero.</p> + +<p>"I have been made a prisoner by treachery," he +said to a few men. "I believe that the day of my +vindication will one day dawn."</p> + +<p>Cardinal Ximenes died. Juana still watched by +the tomb of her husband, and took no interest in the +world. Charles V was entering upon his career as +a conqueror who was to subdue the Roman world +to his will.</p> + +<p>As for Magellan in Spain he was to be but little +more remembered now. Spain believed the story +of the jealous Gormez, and the mariners of Seville +said:</p> + +<p>"The Admiral was mad!"</p> + +<p>In the common view the mad Admiral had gone +down in Antarctic seas. Like Faleiro, his friend, +who had been sent to the mad house, it was thought +that his brain had become unsettled, and that his +bright visions had failed.</p> + +<p>The two mutineers ate bread and drank wine +again in the convent bowers of Seville. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span></p> + +<p>Gormez had schemes of his own. He desired the +authority of the throne to make an expedition to the +Spice Islands, which he believed he could find by +sailing West. Strangely enough, as we have said, +this jealous, treacherous man was afterward made a +pilot in an expedition that visited Florida, Cape Cod, +and Massachusetts Bay. But he did not find the +way to the Spice Islands on the voyage.</p> + +<p>Mesquita, still believing in the success of the +expedition of Magellan, said to a few whom he could +reach:</p> + +<p>"Magellan is not mad. He executed those who +had planned to murder him. He had to put to death +these men for the sake of the expedition. He will +return again!"</p> + +<p>Few believed his story, and fewer his prophecy.</p> + +<p>Still there were some who hoped that the prisoner's +prophecy might prove true. Columbus was +deemed mad, and quelled a mutiny, but he returned +again. Vasco da Gama faced doubt and destruction, +but he returned again. There were not wanting +some who asked, "Will Magellan ever return +again?" Such usually received the answer, "The +Admiral was mad!"</p> + +<p>The poor wife of Magellan, who had hoped much +from him for the sake of her child, as well as for +Spain, heard these reports in an agony of grief. But +she still hoped. She must have believed in her husband's +destiny.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap14" id="chap14"></a>CHAPTER XIV.</h3> + +<h4>THE PACIFIC.—THE DEATH OF THE GIANTS.</h4> + + +<p>The four ships glided along the wonderful straits +which Magellan named the "Virgins," but which +will always bear his own name. The scenery continued +wild and fierce, and in some places overawing +and sublime; they sailed amid domes of crystal and +almost under the roofs of a broken world. They +still moved slowly—the scenery growing more and +more wonderful.</p> + +<p>The air grew bright again. The ships were in +the sea. They had entered a sea broad and glorious, +but which Magellan could have hardly dreamed to +be nearly ten thousand miles long, and more than +that wide! Its waters were placid—an ocean plain. +Columbus had heard of this vast sea, and Balboa +had seen it from the peak of Darien.</p> + +<p>All the joy that Magellan had anticipated in his +visions of years now burst upon him.</p> + +<p>"The Pacific!"</p> + +<p>This was the name that came to him as he surveyed +the new ocean world. He was the discoverer +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span> +of the South Pacific, which was continuous with the +ocean discovered by Balboa. What did it contain? +Whither might he sail over the new serenity of +waters?</p> + +<p>His soul had stood against his own country; his +name had been cast out by his countrymen. But in +the splendors of the sunset sea he had found his +faith to be reality. It is said that the sailors wept +when they beheld the Pacific.</p> + +<p>We may fancy the joy of Del Cano.</p> + +<p>We may imagine how the heart of Pigafetta, the +young Italian, which had always been true to the +Admiral, must have overflowed with delight when +the Pacific opened before his eyes! There is a strong +heart beat in the happiness of one who has been true +to a successful man in the hour of his need.</p> + +<p>He may have sung the song that cheered Columbus +and his men—the mariners' hymn to the Virgin:</p> + + +<p class="center"> +"Gentle Star of Ocean!<br /> +<span style="padding-left: 2em">Portal of the sky!</span><br /> +Ever Virgin Mother<br /> +<span style="padding-left: 4em">Of the Lord most high!"</span><br /> +</p> + + +<p>"Wednesday, the 20th of November, 1520," says +the original narrative, "we came forth out of the +same strait, and entered the Pacific Sea."</p> + +<p>The ships sailed on into the calm mystery of the +ocean, the soul of Magellan glowing. But though +the Admiral had risen superior to so many obstacles, +there were others to be met. The sea was indeed +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span> +placid and full of promise, but starvation now stared +him in the face, and after the spectre of Treason had +departed that of Famine appeared.</p> + +<p>Day after day the sun arose on the same serenity +of sea. One month passed, and still there spread +before the ships the same infinite ocean. Another +month passed, and another, and twenty days more.</p> + +<p>How did the crews live on this long voyage of +silence and calms?</p> + +<p>The narrative says: "We only ate old biscuit +reduced to powder, and full of grubs, and we drank +water that had turned yellow and smelled."</p> + +<p>But a more perilous diet had to be followed.</p> + +<p>They ate the "ox hides that were under the main +yard." To eat these hides they had to soak them +for some days in the sea, and then cook them on +embers.</p> + +<p>They ate sawdust; then the vermin on the ships.</p> + +<p>A worse condition came. The gums of the men +swelled from such food, so that many of them could +not eat at all, and nineteen died. Beside those who +died, twenty-five fell ill of "divers sicknesses."</p> + +<p>Kind-hearted Pigafetta, who was always true to +the Portuguese Admiral, formed an intimacy with +the poor young giant, presumably with the giant +whose wife had been left behind. This giant was +imprisoned on the flagship of Magellan.</p> + +<p>One day the giant said to him, helplessly:</p> + +<p>"Capac."<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span></p> + +<p>Our Italian understood that this must be the Patagonian +word for bread. So he wrote it down, and +the giant saw that he was interested in the meaning +of his native words.</p> + +<p>So the young giant began to teach the young +Italian.</p> + +<p>"Her-dem" meant a chief.</p> + +<p>"Holi" meant water.</p> + +<p>"Ohone," a storm.</p> + +<p>"Setebos," the Unseen Power.</p> + +<p>They studied together for a time, and shared each +other's good will.</p> + +<p>One day the Italian drew a cross on paper. The +young giant raised it to his lips and kissed it, +as he had seen Pigafetta kiss the sign of the +Cross.</p> + +<p>But he said by signs: "Do not make the Cross +again, else Setebos will enter into you and kill +you."</p> + +<p>The meaning of the cross was explained to him.</p> + +<p>The poor giant fell ill at last, amid all the misery.</p> + +<p>"Bring me the Cross," he said by signs.</p> + +<p>He kissed it again.</p> + +<p>He knew that he would soon die.</p> + +<p>"Make me a Christian," he said.</p> + +<p>They named him "Paul," and baptized him.</p> + +<p>One day found him dead, and they cast his great +frame into the sea. He was probably the first convert +to the faith among Patagonians, and his so-called +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span> +conversion was the heart's cry in helplessness.</p> + +<p>The other giant may have lived to see the days +of famine, when men shrank and death threatened +all. Then he, too, famished and died, and found a +grave in the sea. Another account, makes this +giant die on the Antonio before that ship went back +to St. Julian.</p> + +<p>Two islands only appeared in the months of +steady sailing. They were uninhabited except by +birds. The sky in all this time brought no storm.</p> + +<p>In these days of ocean solitude, hunger, and +death, Magellan was sure always of the faith of two +true hearts—the susceptible Italian and Del Cano.</p> + +<p>Magellan dreamed of the fate of Mesquita in +these strange experiences, and Mesquita in his lonely +prison thought continually of him. Would Magellan +ever return? the latter must have asked daily.</p> + +<p>If so, his prison doors might swing open. He had +no other hope, but this hope was a star. Magellan's +wife must have shared this hope with the prisoner.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap15" id="chap15"></a>CHAPTER XV.</h3> + +<h4>WELCOME TO THE PHILIPPINES!</h4> + + +<p>On Wednesday, March 6th, Magellan sighted +islands. His lantern had crossed the Pacific Ocean. +Here he hoped to find food. He approached the +shores eagerly. So hungry were the crews that one +of the sick men begged that if any of the natives +were killed human flesh might be brought him.</p> + +<p>But the natives here were not only wild men, +they were robbers; they sought to kill the voyagers +and to steal everything. Hence, Magellan called +the islands the Ladrones (robbers).</p> + +<p>The robbers threw stones at the famishing mariners +as the ships turned away in search of more +hospitable shores. The women were dressed in +bark.</p> + +<p>The ships moved on into unknown seas.</p> + +<p>On Saturday, March 16, 1521, a notable sight +appeared in the dawn of the morning. It was a +high bluff, some three hundred leagues distant from +the Thieves' Islands. The island was named Zamal, +now called Samar.</p> + +<p>Magellan saw another island near. It was inhabited +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span> +by a friendly people. He determined to +land there for the sake of security, as he could there +gather sea food and care for the sick. He planted +his tents there, and provided the sick with fresh +meat.</p> + +<p>Where was he?</p> + +<p>Here surely was a new archipelago which had +found no place on a map. March 16, 1521, was to be +a notable date of the world.</p> + +<p>He had discovered the Philippine Islands, though +they were not then known by that name. They +were the door to China from the West—this he could +hardly have known.</p> + +<p>The islands as now known consist of Luzon, +fifty-one thousand three hundred square miles in +extent; and Mendanao, more than twenty-five thousand +miles in extent. The islands lying between +Luzon and Mendanao are called the Bissayas, of +which Samar has an area of thirteen thousand and +twenty miles. Magellan visited Mendanao and then +sailed for Zebu, a small island where the first Spanish +settlement was made, before Manila, which was +founded in 1581.</p> + +<p>This archipelago was a new world of wonder. +The small islands are now computed to number +fourteen hundred. Magellan never knew the extent +of his discovery.</p> + +<p>Here he was to find the happiest days of his life, +after the serene but famishing voyage. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span></p> + +<p>The people here were to receive him with open +arms; to feast him; to raise his expectations and to +bow down before the Cross. We must describe in +detail—thanks to the Italian who was true to the +heart of the Admiral—this golden age of the +troubled life of Magellan.</p> + +<p>After all the struggle for so many years against +many overwhelming oppositions, Magellan now rose +into the vantage ground of success, and fulfilled the +vision which had illumined his soul in his darkest +hours.</p> + +<p>Every man has a right to his record, and whatever +might happen now, his record no power could +destroy; he had discovered the Pacific Ocean, and +a new way around the world. Whatever might be +his fate, the world must follow his lantern.</p> + +<p>On the 18th of March, 1521, after dinner on +shore, the Admiral saw a boat coming out from +a near island toward his ship. There were men +in it.</p> + +<p>"Let no one move or speak," said Magellan.</p> + +<p>The crews awaited the coming of the strangers +in the blazing sunlight of the tropic sea. The Indians +landed, led by a chief.</p> + +<p>They were friends. They signified by signs their +joy at seeing them. Magellan feasted the Indians +and gave them presents.</p> + +<p>When these people saw the good disposition of +the Captain, they gave him palm wine and figs +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span> +"more than a foot long." On leaving they promised +to return with fruits.</p> + +<p>Pigafetta, our Italian Chevalier, vividly describes +the scenes that followed between Magellan and the +friendly people of the newly-discovered islands, +which we call the Philippines, but which were not +so named at that time.</p> + +<p>He tells us in a wonderfully interesting narrative +a translation of which we closely follow:</p> + +<p>"That people became very familiar and friendly, +and explained many things in their language, and +told the names of some islands which they beheld. +The island where they dwelt was called Zuluam, and +it was not large. As they were sufficiently agreeable +and conversible the crews had great pleasure +with them. The Captain seeing that they were of +this good spirit, conducted them to the ship and +showed them specimens of all his goods—that he +most desired—cloves, cinnamon, pepper, ginger, nutmeg, +mace, and gold.</p> + +<p>"He also had shots fired with his artillery, at +which they were so much afraid that they wished +to jump from the ship into the sea. They made +signs that the things which the Captain had shown +them grew there.</p> + +<p>"When they wished to go they took leave of the +Captain and of the crew with very good manners +and gracefulness, promising to come back.</p> + +<p>"The island where the ships had moored was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span> +named Humunu; but because the men found there +two springs of very fresh water it was named the +Watering Place of Good Signs. There was much +white coral there, and large trees which bear fruit +smaller than an almond, and which are like pines. +There were also many palm trees both good and bad. +In this place there were many circumjacent islands, +on which account the archipelago was named St. +Lazarus. This region and archipelago is in ten +degrees north latitude, and a hundred and sixty-one +degrees longitude from the line of demarcation.</p> + +<p>"Friday, the 22d of March, the above-mentioned +people, who had promised to return, came about midday +with two boats laden with the said fruit, cochi, +sweet oranges, a vessel of palm wine, and a cock, to +give us to understand that they had poultry in their +country." The Italian thus describes the habits of +the people:</p> + +<p>"The lord of these people was old, and had his +face painted, and had gold rings suspended to his +ears, which they name 'schione,' and the others +had many bracelets and rings of gold on their arms, +with a wrapper of linen round their head. We remained +at this place eight days; the Captain went +there every day to see his sick men, whom he had +placed on this island to refresh them; and he gave +them himself every day the water of this said fruit, +the cocho, which comforted them much."</p> + +<p>Pigafetta tells us that near this isle is another +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span> +where there is a kind of people "who wear holes in +their ears so large that they can pass their arms +through them"—a very remarkable statement—"and +these people go naked, except that round their +middles they wear cloth made of the bark of trees. +But there are some of the more remarkable of them +who wear cotton stuff, and at the end of it there is +some work of silk done with a needle. These people +are tawny, fat, and painted, and they anoint themselves +with the oil of cocoanuts and sesame to preserve +them from the sun and the wind. Their hair +is very black and long, reaching to the waist, and +they carry small daggers and knives, ornamented +with gold."</p> + +<p>Pigafetta fell into the sea here, and he gives a +vivid account of the personal accident:</p> + +<p>"The Monday of Passion week, the 25th of +March, and feast of our Lady, in the afternoon, and +being ready to depart from this place, I went to the +side of our ship to fish, and putting my feet on a +spar to go down to the storeroom, my feet slipped, +because it had rained, and I fell into the sea, without +any one seeing me; and being near drowning, by +luck I found at my left hand the sheet of the large +sail which was in the sea, I caught hold of it and +began to cry out till some came to help and pick +me up with the boat. I was assisted not by my +merits, but by the mercy and grace of the Fountain +of Pity. That same day we took the course between +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span> +west and southwest, and passed amid four small +islands; that it to say, Cenalo, Huinanghar, Ibusson, +and Abarien."</p> + +<p>The Italian describes in an interesting way the +visit of the King of one of the islands to the ships. +He says of this first visit of a Philippine King to the +Europeans:</p> + +<p>"Thursday, the 28th of March, having seen the +night before fire upon an island, at the morning we +came to anchor at this island, where we saw a small +boat which they call boloto, with eight men inside, +which approached the ship of the Captain General. +Then a slave of the Captain's, who was from Sumatra, +otherwise named Traprobana, spoke from +afar to these people, who understood his talk, and +came near to the side of the ship, but they withdrew +immediately, and would not enter the ship from fear +of us.</p> + +<p>"So the Captain, seeing that they would not +trust to us, showed them a red cap and other things, +which he had tied and placed on a little plank, and +the people in the boat took them immediately and +joyously, and then returned to advise their King. +Two hours afterward, or thereabout, we saw come +two long boats, which they call ballanghai, full of +men.</p> + +<p>"In the largest of them was their King sitting +under an awning of mats; when they were near the +ship of the Captain General, the said slave spoke +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span> +to the King, who understood him well, because in +these countries the kings know more languages than +the common people. Then the King ordered some +of his people to go to the Captain's ship, while he +would not move from his boat, which was near +enough to us.</p> + +<p>"This was done, and when his people returned to +the boat, he went away at once. The Captain made +a good entertainment to the men who came to his +ship, and gave them all sorts of things, on which +account the King wished to give the Captain a +rather large bar of solid gold, and a chest full of +ginger. However, the Captain thanked him very +much, but would not accept the present. After +that, when it was late, he went with the ships near +to the houses and abode of the King."</p> + +<p>The Captain in refusing the offer of gold and +ginger from his guest, showed indeed a true sense +of hospitality. The incident pictures the life of +Magellan. He obeyed his moral sense and his heart +was true. He was a Portuguese gentleman of the +old type, and presented an example worthy of imitation +in any age.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap16" id="chap16"></a>CHAPTER XVI.</h3> + +<h4>THE VISIT OF THE KING.—PIGAFETTA VISITS THE KING.</h4> + + +<p>They were ready to meet the King now, when all +was so friendly and promising. The good soul of +Pigafetta felt that these islands of fruits and spiceries +were indeed an earthly paradise. He alone had +not been sick in all of the long monotonous voyage +across the Pacific. His strength had never +abated and his faith in the Admiral had never faltered.</p> + +<p>Night after night he had watched the lantern +swinging in the unknown air, and had said his +prayers. He had had ever a cheering word to say +to the Admiral on all occasions. His heart was true +to the lantern, the stars, the Admiral, and the Divine +Power which he believed was leading him.</p> + +<p>He was now in the sea gardens of palms and +spices. He thus continues his narrative (we follow +in part the translation of the Hakluyt Society in the +work of Lord Stanley Alderley).</p> + +<p>He tells us that on "the next day, which was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span> +Good Friday, the Captain sent on shore a slave, who +was an interpreter, to the King to beg him to give +him for money some provisions for his ships, sending +him word that he had not come to his country as an +enemy, but as a friend. The King on hearing this +came with seven or eight men in a boat, and entered +the ship, and embraced the Captain, and gave him +three China dishes covered with leaves full of rice, +and two <i>dorades</i>, which are rather large fish. The +Captain gave this King a robe of red and yellow +cloth, made in the Turkish fashion, and a very fine +red cap, and to his people he gave knives and mirrors. +After that refreshments were served up to +them. The Captain told the King, through the interpreter, +that he wished to be with him, as <i>cassi cassi</i>; +that is to say, brothers. To which the King answered +that he desired to be the same toward him. +After that the Captain showed him cloths of different +colors, linen, coral, and much other merchandise, +and all the artillery, of which he had some +pieces fired before him, at which the King was much +astonished; after that the Captain had one of his +soldiers armed with white armor, and placed him +in the midst of three comrades, who struck him with +swords and daggers.</p> + +<p>"The King thought this very strange, and the +Captain told him, through the interpreter, that a +man thus in white armor was worth many common +men; he answered that it was true; he was further +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span> +informed that there were in each ship two hundred +like that man.</p> + +<p>"After that the Captain showed him a great number +of swords, cuirasses, and helmets, and made two +of the men play with their swords before the King; +he then showed him the sea chart and the ship compass, +and informed him how he had found a strait, +and of the time which he had spent on the voyage; +also of the time he had been without seeing any +land, at which the King was astonished. At the +end the Captain asked if he would be pleased that +two of his people should go with him to the places +where they lived to see some of the things of his +country. This the King granted, and I went with +another."</p> + +<p>The Italian was again in his element, and he +gives a graphic account of his visit to the natives:</p> + +<p>"When I had landed, the King raised his hands +to the sky, and turned to us two, and we did the +same as he did; after that he took me by the hand, +and one of his principal people took my companion, +and led us under a place covered with canes, where +there was a ballanghai; that is to say, a boat, eighty +feet long or thereabouts, resembling a fusta. We sat +with the King upon its stern, always conversing with +him by signs, and his people stood up around us, +with their swords, spears, and bucklers. Then the +King ordered to be brought a dish of pig's flesh and +wine. Their fashion of drinking is in this wise: they +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span> +first raise their hands to Heaven, then take the +drinking vessel in their right hand, and extend the +left hand closed toward the people. This the King +did, and presented to me his fist, so that I thought +that he wanted to strike me; I did the same thing +toward him; so with this ceremony, and other signs +of friendship, we banqueted, and afterward supped +with him."</p> + +<p>The Italian was a pious man, but he says:</p> + +<p>"I ate flesh on Good Friday, not being able to do +otherwise, and before the hour of supper, I gave several +things to the King, which I had brought. There +I wrote down several things as they name them in +their language, and when the King and the others +saw me write, and I told them their manner of +speech, they were all astonished.</p> + +<p>"When the hour for supper had come, they +brought two large China dishes, one of which was +full of rice, and the other of pig's flesh, with its +broth and sauce. We supped with the same signs +and ceremonies, and then went to the King's palace, +which was made and built like a hay grange, covered +with fig and palm leaves."</p> + +<p>Here the two found delightful hospitality; the +house was "built on great timbers high above the +ground, and it was necessary to go up steps and +ladders to it. Then the King made us sit on a cane +mat, with our legs doubled as was the custom; after +half an hour there was brought a dish of fish roast +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span> +in pieces, and ginger fresh gathered that moment +and some wine. The eldest son of the King, who +was a Prince, came where we were, and the King +told him to sit down near us, which he did; then +two dishes were brought, one of fish, with its sauce, +and the other of rice, and this was done for us to +eat with the Prince. My companion enjoyed the +food and drank so much that he got drunk. They +use for candles or torches the gum of a tree which +is named anime, wrapped up in leaves of palms or +fig trees. The King made a sign that he wished to +go to rest, and left us with the Prince, with whom +we slept on a cane mat, with some cushions and +pillows of leaves. Next morning the King came +and took me by the hand, and so we went to the +place where we had supped, to breakfast, but the +boat came to fetch us. The King, before we went +away, was very gay, and kissed our hands, and we +kissed his. There came with us a brother of his, +the King of another island, accompanied by three +men. The Captain General detained him to dine +with us, and we gave him several things."</p> + +<p>"The King abounded in gold, and was a grand +figure. In the island belonging to the King who +came to the ship there are mines of gold, which they +find in pieces as big as a walnut or an egg, by seeking +in the ground. All the vessels which he makes +use of are made of it, and also some parts of his +house, which was well fitted up according to the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span> +custom of the country, and he was the handsomest +man that we saw among these nations. He had very +black hair coming down to his shoulders, with a +silk cloth on his head, and two large gold rings +hanging from his ears; he had a cloth of cotton +worked with silk, which covered him from the waist +to the knees; at his side he wore a dagger, with a +long handle which was all of gold, his sheath was of +carved wood. Besides he carried upon him scents +of storax and benzoin. He was tawny and painted +all over."</p> + +<p>An island where nuggets of gold as big as eggs +could be found must have offered a tempting place +of residence.</p> + +<p>But Magellan's first thought was for the good +of the souls of this hospitable people.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap17" id="chap17"></a>CHAPTER XVII.</h3> + +<h4>EASTER SUNDAY.—MAGELLAN PLANTS THE CROSS.</h4> + + +<p>Now begins the dawn of Christianity in the +Philippines. Magellan was a deeply religious man, +and Pigafetta was a Christian Knight. Magellan +saw the significance of his marvelous voyage, and +his soul glowed with gratitude to Heaven.</p> + +<p>Easter Sunday approached. Magellan had made +preparations to plant a cross on a mountain overlooking +the sea.</p> + +<p>Easter Sunday fell on the last day of March. +"The Captain," to follow the Italian's narrative in +part, "sent the Chaplain ashore early to say mass, +and the interpreter went with him to tell the King +that they were not coming on shore to dine with +him, but only to hear the mass.</p> + +<p>"When it was time for saying mass the Captain +went ashore with fifty men, not with their arms, but +only with their swords, and dressed as well as each +one was able to dress, and before the boats reached +the shore our ships fired six cannon shots as a sign +of peace.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p> + +<p>"At our landing the two Kings of the islands +were there, and received the Captain in a friendly +manner, and placed him between them, and then we +went to the place prepared for saying mass, which +was not far from the shore."</p> + +<p>The ceremonies that followed were dramatic. +"Before the mass began the Captain threw a quantity +of musk-rose water on those two Kings," is the +picture drawn by the Italian, "and when the offertory +of the mass came, the two Kings went to kiss +the Cross like us, but they offered nothing, and at +the elevation of the body of our Lord they were +kneeling like us, and adored our Lord with joined +hands. The ships fired all their artillery at the elevation +of the body of our Lord."</p> + +<p>The scene that followed discloses the religious +nature of Magellan and his joy in what was ennobling.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span></p> + +<p>He caused a great cross to be lifted, "with the +nails and crown, to which the Kings made reverence." +He told the Kings that he wished to place it +in their country for their profit, "because if there +came afterward any ships from Spain to those +islands, on seeing this cross, they would know that +we had been there, and therefore they would not +cause them any displeasure to their persons nor their<a name="ill144"></a> +goods; and if they took any of their people, on showing +them this sign, they would at once let them go." +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_144.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Mount Mayon, on the Island of Luzun.</span></p> + +<p>The Captain continued his address to the Kings +in the same spirit. He told them that it was necessary +that this cross "should be placed on the summit +of the highest mountain in their country, so that +seeing it every day and night they might adore it." +He further told them that if they did thus, "neither +thunder, lightning, nor the tempest could do them +hurt." This he believed to be true. The Kings +"thanked the Captain, and said they would do it +willingly." The Captain asked them how they worshiped. +They answered that "they did not perform +any other adoration, but only joined their +hands, looking up to Heaven, and that they called +their God Aba. Hearing this, the Captain was very +joyful; on seeing that, the first King raised his hands +to the sky and said that he wished it were possible +for him to be able to show the affection which he felt +toward him."</p> + +<p>The elevation of the Cross followed.</p> + +<p>"After dinner we all returned in our dress coats, +and we went together with the two Kings to the +middle of the highest mountain we could find, and +there the Cross was planted."</p> + +<p>Important information followed.</p> + +<p>"After the two Kings and the Captain rested +themselves, and, while conversing, I asked where +was the best port for obtaining victuals. They replied +that there were three; that is to say, Ceylon, +Zubu, and Calaghan; but that Zubu was the +largest and of the most traffic. Then the Kings +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> +offered to give him pilots to go to those ports, for +which he thanked them, and deliberated to go +there, for his ill-fortune would have it so. After the +cross had been planted on the mountain, each one +said the Paternoster and Ave Maria, and adored it, +and the Kings did the like. Then he went down +below to where their boats were. There the +kings had brought some of the fruit called cocos +and other things to make a collation and to refresh +us."</p> + +<p>The fleet sailed away soon after Easter Monday, +the Captain having secured native pilots from the +Kings. One of the Kings volunteered to act himself +as pilot, and this service was accepted.</p> + +<p>Pigafetta describes the use of betel:</p> + +<p>"This kind of people are gentle, and go naked, +and are painted. They wear a piece of cloth made +from a tree, like a linen cloth, round their body to +cover their natural parts; they are great drinkers. +The women are dressed in tree cloth from their +waists downward; their hair is black, and reaches +down to the ground; they wear certain gold rings +in their ears. These people chew most of their time +a fruit which they call areca (betel), which is something +of the shape of a pear; they cut it in four +quarters, and after they have chewed it for a long +time they spit it out, from which afterward they +have their mouths very red. They find themselves +the better from the use of this fruit because it refreshes +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> +them much, for this country is very hot, so +that they could not live without it."</p> + +<p>The use of the areca, or betel nut, is still common +in all the Philippine Islands.</p> + +<p>The fleet next went to Maestral, "passing through +five islands—Ceylon, Bohol, Canighan, Baibai, and +Satighan. In the Island of Satighan was a kind of +bird called barbarstigly, which was as large as an +eagle. Of these we killed only one," says our narrator, +"because it was late. We ate it, and it had +the taste of a fowl. There were also in this island +doves, tortoises, parrots, and certain black birds as +large as a fowl, with a long tail. They lay eggs as +large as those of a goose. These they put a good +length under the sand in the sun, where they were +hatched by the great heat, which the heated sand +gives out; and when these birds were hatched they +pushed up the sand and came out. These eggs are +good to eat.</p> + +<p>"From this island of Mazzubua to that of Satighan +there are twenty leagues, and on leaving +Satighan we went by the west; but the King +of Mazzubua could not follow us; therefore we +waited for him near three islands; that is to say, +Polo, Ticobon, and Pozzon. When the King +arrived he was much astonished at our navigation; +the Captain General bade him come on +board his ship with some of his principal people, +at which they were much pleased. Thus we +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span> +went to Zubu, which is fifteen leagues off from +Satighan."</p> + +<p>The story of the Italian here, which we so freely +use, leaves in the mind a picture of the first voyage +among the Philippines. The habits of the people in +these same islands are not greatly changed, but we +hardly find there now as tractable kings as were +those to whom Magellan left the Cross.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap18" id="chap18"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.</h3> + +<h4>CHRISTIANITY AND TRADE ESTABLISHED.—THE +BAPTISM OF THE QUEEN.</h4> + + +<p>On April 9th they entered the Port of Zubu, on +approaching which they saw houses in the trees. +The Captain hung out his flags in the clear sunny +air. He caused his artillery to be fired, which greatly +alarmed the natives. He then sent an interpreter +to the King.</p> + +<p>The interpreter found the people in terror at the +thunder of the guns. He assured the King that the +salute had been made in his honor. Then the interpreter +said:</p> + +<p>"My master is the greatest King in all the world. +We are sailing at his command to discover the Spice +Islands. But we have heard of your fame, and the +fame of your country, and have come to visit you."</p> + +<p>"You are welcome," said the King, "but you +must pay me tribute."</p> + +<p>"My master," said the interpreter, "is the greatest +of all Kings, and we can pay tribute to no +one."<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span></p> + +<p>The King feasted them, and they entered into +negotiations of peace with the King of Zubu.</p> + +<p>At Zubu Magellan turned missionary with no +common zeal.</p> + +<p>He told the native princes that his visit was for +the sake of peace.</p> + +<p>We are told that the "Captain General sat in a +chair of red velvet, and near him were the principal +men of the ships sitting in leather chairs, and the +others sat on the ground on mats.</p> + +<p>"The Captain," says the narrative, "spoke at +length on the subject of peace, and prayed God to +confirm it in Heaven. These people replied that they +had never heard such words as these which the Captain +had spoken to them, and they took great pleasure +in hearing them. The Captain, seeing then that +those people listened willingly to what was said to +them, and that they gave good answers, began to +say a great many good things to induce them to +become Christians.</p> + +<p>"He told them how God had made Heaven and +earth and all other things in the world, and that he +had commanded that every one should render honor +and obedience to his father and mother, and that +whoever did otherwise was condemned to eternal +fire."</p> + +<p>His teaching bore immediate fruit.</p> + +<p>"The people heard these things willingly, and +besought the Captain to leave them two men to teach +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span> +and show them the Christian faith, and they would +entertain them well with great honor. To this the +Captain answered that for the moment he could not +leave any of his people, but that if they wished to +be Christians that his priest would baptize them, and +that another time he would bring priests and teachers +to teach them the faith."</p> + +<p>His manner of teaching reveals his heart:</p> + +<p>"The people told him that they wished to consult +their King in regard to becoming Christians." +The friends of the Captain "wept for the joy which +they felt at the good-will of these people, and +the Captain told them not to become Christians +'from fear of us, or to please us, but that if they +wished to become Christian they must do it willingly, +and for the love of God, for even though +they should not become Christian, no displeasure +would be done them, but those who became Christian +would be more loved and better treated than +the others.' Then they all cried out with one voice +that they did not wish to become Christians from +fear, nor from complaisance, but of their free +will."</p> + +<p>Here the true character of the man again appears—few +Christian explorers ever made so noble a +record. His sincerity won the hearts of the natives:</p> + +<p>"At last they said they did not know what more +to answer to so many good and beautiful words +which he spoke to them, but that they placed themselves +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span> +in his hands, and that he should do with them +as with his own servants."</p> + +<p>The next scene is ideal:</p> + +<p>"Then the Captain, with tears in his eyes, embraced +them, and, taking the hand of the Prince and +that of the King, said to him that by the faith he +had in God, and to his master the Emperor, and by +the habit of St. James which he wore, he promised +them to cause them to have perpetual peace with +the King of Spain, at which the Prince and the +others promised him the same."</p> + +<p>It is a pleasure to follow such a narrative as +Pigafetta here writes in illustration of the character +of a true Christian Knight. Compare this narrative +with the history of Pizarro, Cortes, and De Soto. +Magellan was a Las Casas, a Marquette, a La Salle.</p> + +<p>The next incident told by Pigafetta has as fine +a touch as a portrayal of character. It relates to a +message which Magellan sent to the King, with a +present.</p> + +<p>"When we came to the town we found the King +of Zubu at his palace, sitting on the ground on a +mat made of palm, with many people about him.</p> + +<p>"He had a very heavy chain around his neck, +and two gold rings hung in his ears with precious +stones.</p> + +<p>"He was eating tortoise eggs in two china +dishes, and he had four vessels full of palm wine, +which he drank with a cane pipe. We made our +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span> +obeisance, and presented to him what the Captain +had sent him, and told him, through the interpreter +that the present <i>was not as a return for his present +which he had sent to the Captain, but for the affection +which he bore him</i>. This done, his people told him all +the good words and explanations of peace and religion +which he had spoken to them."</p> + +<p>We now behold Magellan in a new attitude, as a +missionary teacher, a John the Baptist in the wilderness. +Pigafetta thus describes the scene:</p> + +<p>"On Sunday morning, the fourteenth day of +April, we went on shore, forty men, of whom two +were armed, who marched before us, following the +standard of our King Emperor. When we landed +the ships discharged all their artillery, and from +fear of it the people ran away in all directions.</p> + +<p>"Magellan and the King embraced one another, +and then joyously we went near the scaffolding, +where the Captain General and the King sat on two +chairs, one covered with red, the other with violet +velvet. The principal men sat on cushions, and +others on mats, after the fashion of the country.</p> + +<p>"Then the Captain began to speak to the King +through the interpreter to incite him to the faith of +Jesus Christ, and told him that if he wished to be +a good Christian, as he had said the day before, that +he must burn all the idols of his country, and, instead +of them, place a cross, and that every one +should worship it every day on their knees, and their +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span> +hands joined to Heaven; and he showed him how he +ought every day to make the sign of the Cross.</p> + +<p>"To that the King and all his people answered +that they would obey the commands of the Captain +and do all that he told them. The Captain took the +King by the hand, and they walked about on the +scaffolding, and when he was baptized he said that +he would name him Don Charles, as the Emperor his +sovereign was named; and he named the Prince Don +Fernand, after the brother of the Emperor, and the +King of Mazzava, Jehan; to the Moor he gave the +name of Christopher, and to the others each a name +of his fancy. Thus, before mass, there were fifty men +baptized."</p> + +<p>The baptism of the Queen followed.</p> + +<p>"Our Chaplain and some of us went on shore to +baptize the Queen. She came with forty ladies, and +we conducted them onto the scaffolding; then made +her sit down on a cushion, and her women around +her, until the priest was ready. During that time +they showed her an image of our Lady, of wood, holding +her little child, which was very well made, and a +cross. When she saw it, she had a greater desire to +be a Christian, and, asking for baptism, she was baptized +and named Jehanne, like the mother of the +Emperor. The wife of the Prince, daughter of this +Queen, had the name of Catherine, the Queen of +Mazzava Isabella, and to the others each their name.</p> + +<p>"That day we baptised eight hundred persons of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span> +men, women, and children. The Queen was young +and handsome, covered with a black and white +sheet; she had the mouth and nails very red, and +wore on her head a large hat made of leaves of +palm, with a crown over it made of the same leaves, +like that of the Pope. After that she begged us to +give her the little wooden boy to put in the place of +the idols. This we did, and she went away. In the +evening the King and Queen, with several of their +people, came to the sea beach, where the Captain +had some of the large artillery fired, in which they +took great pleasure. The Captain and the King +called one another brother."</p> + +<p>The "little boy" spoken of was an image of the +infant Christ. The figure was preserved until the +year 1598, when the Spaniards sent missionaries to +the place who gave it a place in a shrine and named +a city for it.</p> + +<p>The naming of the Queen at her baptism for +poor Juana, or "Crazy Jane," the incapable mother +of Charles V, who was watching beside her dead +husband in Granada, and who had signed the commission +of Magellan by proxy, completes a tale of +missionary work in a somewhat ideal way. If these +people did not maintain their faith, the work reveals +the intention of Magellan, and shows the nobility +of character of the Christian Knight.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap19" id="chap19"></a>CHAPTER XIX.</h3> + +<h4>HALCYON DAYS.</h4> + + +<p>These were indeed days of joy. The glory of +them grew. All the inhabitants of the island came +to be baptized. Magellan went on shore daily to +hear mass.</p> + +<p>It was Pigafetta who gave to the Queen the +image of the infant Christ, which became historical.</p> + +<p>On one of the occasions that Magellan went on +shore to hear mass he met the Queen, who appeared +in a veil of silk and gold. He sprinkled over her +some rose water and musk, and noticed that she +cherished the image of the infant Christ.</p> + +<p>"You do well," said he. "Put it in the place +where your idols were; it will keep in your mind +the Son of God."</p> + +<p>"I will cherish it forever," said the veiled Queen.</p> + +<p>She seems to have kept her word.</p> + +<p>The joy of these scenes reached their height, +when the King of Seba swore fealty to the King of +Spain.</p> + +<p>The scene of the conclusion of this ceremony was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span> +knightly indeed, and again reveals the heart of +Magellan.</p> + +<p>He, seeing a good spirit, of the King of Seba, resolved +to swear fealty of eternal friendship to him. +Only a Christian Knight would have dreamed of +such a thing.</p> + +<p>"I swear," he said, "by the image of our Lady, +the Virgin, by the love of my Emperor, and by the +insignia, on my heart, that I will ever be faithful to +you, O King of Seba!"</p> + +<p>Here the true character of the statesman as well +as teacher appeared. History records few acts more +noble. Magellan sought the good of mankind.</p> + +<p>There was one officer on the ships whose soul, +like that of Pigafetta's, must have been in all these +benevolent efforts.</p> + +<p>The expedition was tarrying long, seeking the +glory of the Cross rather than the gold and spices. +There were impatient hearts in Seville.</p> + +<p>Mesquita in his still prison, with the world +against him, dreamed of Magellan, Del Cano, and the +Italian historian. The half world separated them +now.</p> + +<p>In his dreams Mesquita saw the fleet coming +back again, and he heard the shouting of the people +and the ringing of the bells. The star of hope in his +heart did not fail.</p> + +<p>"Padre," he said, "the day of my vindication will +come."<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span></p> + +<p>But the seasons came and went, and the light +changed color in the window of his cell, and the +birds sang their notes in the trees in spring and left +their empty nests to silence in the retreating summer. +The great Cathedral grew, and the achievement +of Charles had begun to excite the world.</p> + +<p>We now come to the tragedy of this wonderful +expedition; to the tempest that rose out of the calm. +The transition from these ideal scenes to what is +to follow is sudden indeed.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap20" id="chap20"></a>CHAPTER XX.</h3> + +<h4>THE DEATH OF MAGELLAN.</h4> + + +<p>Magellan, as we have shown, had sought not +wealth, nor glory, but the good of the world in his +life. He was ever ready to put his own interest aside +in the service of that which was best for others. He +had sought welfare and not wealth, service and not +self, and his life was about to end in the unselfish +spirit in which it had lived.</p> + +<p>On Friday, April 26, 1520, Zula, one of the great +chiefs of the Island of Matan, sent to Magellan one +of his sons and two goats as a present. He had +promised his service to the King of Spain, but this +surrender of royalty had been opposed by another +chief named Silapalapa. This chief had declared +with native spirit that Matan would never submit +to the Spanish King.</p> + +<p>"But I can overthrow Silapalapa," ran the Matan +chief's message, "if I can have your help. Send me +a boatload of men. Let them come to-morrow +night."</p> + +<p>Magellan received the message and the presents +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span> +in a friendly feeling, and resolved to follow the +chief's lead.</p> + +<p>"I will not send another on this expedition so +full of peril," he thought. "I will lead it myself."</p> + +<p>So he set out from Zubu to Matan at midnight, +with sixty men, in corselets and helmets. He took +with him the Christian King, and the chief men of +his new adherents.</p> + +<p>The boats moved silently over the tropic waters +under the moon and stars. Magellan had become a +happy man. He could not doubt that he was on his +way to new victories. Pigafetta, the Italian, always +true to the Admiral, was with him.</p> + +<p>The expedition arrived at Matan just before the +dawn of the morning.</p> + +<p>The mellow nature of Magellan came back to him +on this short night journey. He had no wish to +slaughter men.</p> + +<p>So he spoke to a Moorish merchant.</p> + +<p>"Go to the natives," he said, "and tell them if +they will recognize a Christian King as their sovereign +I will become their friend. If not, that they +must feel our lances."</p> + +<p>The Moorish ambassador was landed, and met +the chiefs.</p> + +<p>"Go tell your master," they said, "that if he has +lances, so have we, and our lances are hardened by +fire."</p> + +<p>At the red dawn of the morning, the Admiral +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span> +gave the order to disembark, and forty-nine men +leaped into the water. They faced a fierce army, +some fifteen hundred in number.</p> + +<p>Magellan divided his followers into two bands. +The musketeers and cross bowmen began the attack. +But the firing was not effective. The black army +moved down upon them like a cloud, throwing javelins +and spears hardened with fire. Some of them +singled out Magellan. They threw at him lances +pointed with iron.</p> + +<p>Magellan, seeing that the odds were against him +in such a contest, sought to break their lines by firing +their houses. Some thirty houses burst into flame.</p> + +<p>The sight of the fire maddened the natives and +rendered them furious. They discovered that the +legs of the invaders were exposed, and that they +could be wounded there with poisoned arrows.</p> + +<p>A poisoned arrow was aimed at Magellan. It +pierced him in the leg. He felt the wound, and knew +its import.</p> + +<p>He gave orders to retreat. A panic ensued, and +his men took to flight.</p> + +<p>The air was filled with arrows, spears, stones, +and mud.</p> + +<p>The Spaniards tried to escape to the boat. The +islanders followed them and directed their fury to +Magellan. They struck him twice on his helmet.</p> + +<p>Magellan's thought now was not for himself, but +for the safety of his men. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p> + +<p>He stood at his own post fighting that they might +make safe their retreat.</p> + +<p>He thus broke the assault for nearly an hour, +until he was almost left alone.</p> + +<p>An Indian suddenly rushed down toward him +having a cane lance. He thrust this into his face. +Magellan wounded the Indian, and attempted to +draw his sword. But he had received a javelin +wound in his arm, and his strength failed.</p> + +<p>Seeing him falter, the Indian rushed upon him +and brought him down to the earth with a rude +sword.</p> + +<p>The Indians now fell upon him and ran him +through with lances.</p> + +<p>He tried to rise up, to see if his men were safe. +He did not call for assistance, but to the last sought +to secure the safety of his men. In fact, he never +seemed to so much as think of himself in the whole +contest. It was thus that his life went out, and his +heart ceased to beat. He was left dead on the sand,<a name="ill163"></a> +on April 27, 1521. The natives refused to surrender +his body. Eight of his own men and four Indians, +who had become Christians, perished with him.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_163.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">The death of Magellan.</span></p> + +<p>There was one man who was true to the Admiral +to the end. He was wounded with him, but survived. +He it was that saw that the Admiral had +forgotten himself at the hour of the final conflict. +It was Pigafetta, the Italian, whose narrative we +are following.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p> + +<p>This hero of the pen says of him to whom he +gave his heart:</p> + +<p>"One of his principal virtues was constancy in +the most adverse fortune."</p> + +<p>"It was God who made me the messenger of the +new heavens and new earth, and told me where to +find them," said Columbus. "Maps, charts, and +mathematical knowledge had nothing to do with +the case."</p> + +<p>As sublime an inspiration is seen in the words of +Pigafetta in regard to Magellan:</p> + +<p>"<i>No one gave to him the example how to encompass +the globe.</i>" His sight was the inner eye, the pure +vision of a consecrated purpose in life.</p> + +<p>No hero of the sea has ever been more noble! +His purpose in life was everything; he had the faith +of a Christian Knight; he was as nothing to himself, +but to others all, and he died giving his own +body for a shield to his men. His name will always +be associated with what is glorious in the history +of the Philippines.</p> + +<p>Magellan was dead, but a good purpose lives in +others. Magellan dead, Del Cano yet lives, and the +Italian historian has other scenes to record.</p> + +<p>The farol of Magellan will go on; it will never +cease to shine, and the cast-out name of the Christian +Knight will become a fixed star amid the lights that +have inspired the world.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap21" id="chap21"></a>CHAPTER XXI.</h3> + +<h4>THE SPICE ISLANDS.—WONDERFUL BIRDS.—CLOVES, +CINNAMON, NUTMEGS, GINGER.—THE SHIPS OVERLOADED.</h4> + + + +<p>The massacre at Matan caused the Spaniards +to lose credit in the eyes of the natives. The King +of Seba turned against them, thus throwing a +shadow on the glory of Magellan's missionary work. +The Spaniards were, however, much to blame for the +change that took place in the King's heart.</p> + +<p>Their ships were becoming unseaworthy.</p> + +<p>They were reduced to two ships, the Victoria and +the Trinidad, and these shaped their course for the +Moluccas, or Spice Islands, by the way of Borneo. +Del Cano began to represent the spirit of Magellan +among the crews.</p> + +<p>They came to the Bornean city, Brunei, "a collection +of houses built on piles over the water, where +were twenty-five thousand fires or families." On +the shore was the palace of a voluptuous Sultan, its +walls hung with brocades of silk. Here was also +one of the most curious markets in all the world, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span> +carried on at high tide, when there gathered a great +army of canoes.</p> + +<p>On November 8, 1521, the two ships anchored off +Tidor on the Spice Islands, saluting the King of the +place with a broadside.</p> + +<p>They concluded a treaty of peace with the King, +and began to load the two ships with spice, and +especially with cloves, a kind of spice at that time +regarded as a great luxury in Spain.</p> + +<p>If Pigafetta had desired above all things to see +the wonders of the ocean world, he must again have +been gratified here at some of the presents sent to +the ships by the natives. Columbus had brought to +Spain gorgeous parrots or macaws. But the King +of Batchian sent to him a bird whose plumage surpassed +anything that he had ever seen.</p> + +<p>"It is the bird of Paradise," said the agent of the +royal almoner.</p> + +<p>The Italian did not doubt it. He wished to learn +the history of this superb inhabitant of the air.</p> + +<p>He did in a way that excited his wonder beyond +measure.</p> + +<p>The bird, after the Mohammedan account, was +born in Paradise. It came down from Heaven where +dwelt departed souls, who had died true to the Moslem +faith.</p> + +<p>These birds were found dead, and they had no +feet. If Pigafetta inquired the cause of this, he +doubtless was answered: +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span></p> + +<p>"They do not need feet; they never alight on the +ground."</p> + +<p>But as greatly as the Chevalier must have wondered, +he was not induced to accept the Moslem +faith.</p> + +<p>They overcrowded the ships while receiving the +favors of the Sultan of Tidor.</p> + +<p>An account of their voyage about the Spice +Islands, "most delightful to read," as we are +told in the title, was written by one Maximilianus +Transylvanus, from which we gather the following +incidents (Hakluyt Society) of great pearls and +strange men:</p> + +<p>"They came to the shores of the Island of Solo, +where they heard that there were pearls as big as +dove's eggs, and sometimes as hen's eggs, but which +can only be fished up from the very deepest sea. +Our men brought no large pearl, because the season +of the year did not allow of the fishery. But they +testify that they had taken an oyster in that region, +the flesh of which weighed forty-seven pounds. For +which reason I could easily believe that pearls of +that great size are found there; for it is clearly +proved that pearls are the product of shellfish. And +to omit nothing, our men constantly affirm that the +islanders of Porne told him that the King wore in +his crown two pearls of the size of a goose's egg.</p> + +<p>"Hence they went to the Island of Gilo, where +they saw men with ears so long and pendulous that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span> +they reached to their shoulders. When our men +were mightily astonished at this, they learnt from +the natives that there was another island not far +off where the men had ears not only pendulous, but +so long and broad that one of them would cover the +whole head if they wanted it (<i>cum exusu esset</i>). But +our men, who sought not monsters but spices, neglecting +this nonsense, went straight to the Moluccas, +and they discovered them eight months after their +Admiral, Magellan, had fallen in Matan. The +islands are five in number, and are called Tarante, +Muthil, Thidore, Mare, and Matthien; some on this +side some on the other, and some upon the equinoctial +line.</p> + +<p>"One produces cloves, another nutmegs, and another +cinnamon. All are near to each other, but +small and rather narrow."</p> + +<p>The world to-day thinks little of spices, for commerce +has made common the luxuries of the Indian +Ocean. Cloves, nutmegs, allspice, cinnamon, ginger +are found in every home in all civilized lands, and +even children make few inquiries about them.</p> + +<p>This was not so in the early days of the Viceroys +of India. Spices which were gathered and sold by +Arabian merchants, were held in Europe as a gift +of Arabia, and esteemed to be the greatest, or among +the greatest of luxuries. A ship laden with spices was +hailed in the ports of the Iberian peninsula as next +to a ship freighted with gold, as the Golden Hynde +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span> +was welcomed in the days of Sir Francis Drake. +It used to be said that the odors of the spice ships +from the East Indies could be breathed through the +breezes that wafted them toward the land.</p> + +<p>The principal Spice Islands were the Moluccas, +or the islands of the East India Archipelago between +Celebes on the west and New Guinea on the east, +Timor on the south and the open Pacific Sea on the +north. They are distributed over a wide ocean area. +Of these the Moluccas form the principal group. +Here are the paradises of the seas.</p> + +<p>It was to these islands where could be procured +the products of "Araby the Blessed" that Magellan +had hoped to find a new way. There were brighter +shores than Spain, and to these he sought the +shortest routes over which ships could travel.</p> + +<p>The Peruvian adventurers wished to find gold; +the voyagers to the Antilles, magical waters and new +productions of the earth; but Magellan's dream was +of the spiceries of the Indian seas. They all found +what they sought, except Ponce de Leon, who hoped +to find the Fountain of Eternal Youth.</p> + +<p>Transylvanus speaks of another wonderful bird +that only alighted at death, and whose feathers were +believed to possess magic powers.</p> + +<p>"The kings of Marmin began to believe that souls +were immortal a few years ago, induced by no other +argument than that they saw that a certain most +beautiful small bird never rested upon the ground +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span> +nor upon anything that grew upon it; but they sometimes +saw it fall dead upon the ground from the sky. +And as the Mohammedans, who traveled to those +parts for commercial purposes, told them that this +bird was born in Paradise, and that Paradise was the +abode of the souls of those who had died, these +kings (reguli) embraced the sect of Mohammed, because +it promised wonderful things concerning this +abode of souls. But they call the bird Mamuco +Diata, and they hold it in such reverence and religious +esteem that they believe that by it their +kings are safe in war, even though they, according +to custom, are placed in the forefront of battle."</p> + +<p>He continues his narrative:</p> + +<p>"But, our men having carefully inspected the +position of the Moluccas and of each separate island, +and also having inquired about the habits of the +kings, went to Thedori, because they learnt, that in +that island the supply of cloves was far above that of +the others, and that its King also surpassed the +other kings in wisdom and humanity. So, having +prepared their gifts they land, and salute the King, +and they offer the presents as if they had been sent +by Cæsar. He, having received the presents kindly, +looks up to Heaven, and says:</p> + +<p>"'I have known now for two years from the +course of the stars, that you were coming to seek +these lands, sent by the most mighty King of Kings. +Wherefore your coming is the more pleasant and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span> +grateful to me, as I had been forewarned of it by +the signification of the stars.</p> + +<p>"'And, as I know that nothing ever happens to +any man which has not been fixed long before by +the decree of fate and the stars, I will not be the one +to attempt to withstand either the fates or the signification +of the stars, but willingly and of good +cheer, will henceforth lay aside the royal pomp and +will consider myself as managing the administration +of this island only in the name of your King. +Wherefore draw your ships into port, and order the +rest of your comrades to land; so that now at last, +after such a long tossing upon the seas, and so many +dangers, you may enjoy the pleasures of the land +and refresh your bodies. And think not but that +you have arrived at your King's kingdom.'</p> + +<p>"Having said this, the King, laying aside his +crown, embraced them one by one, and ordered +whatever food that land afforded to be brought. Our +men being overjoyed at this, returned to their comrades, +and told them what had happened. They, +pleased above measure with the friendly behavior +and kindness of the King, take possession of the +island. And when their health was completely restored, +in a few days, by the King's munificence, they +sent envoys to the other kings, to examine the +wealth of the islands, and to conciliate the other +kings."</p> + +<p>His description of the clove trees is very pleasing: +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Tirante was the nearest, and also the smallest, +of the islands; for it has a circumference of a little +more than six Italian miles. Matthien is next to it, +and it, too, is small. These three produce a great +quantity of cloves, but more every fourth year than +the other three. These trees only grow on steep +rocks, and that so thickly as frequently to form a +grove. This tree is very like a laurel (or bay tree) +in leaf, closeness of growth, and height; and the +gariophile, which they call clove from its likeness to +a nail (clavus), grows on the tip of each separate +twig. First a bud, and then a flower, just like the +orange flower is produced.</p> + +<p>"The pointed part of the clove is fixed at the +extreme end of the branch, and then growing slightly +longer, it forms a spike. It is at first red, but soon +gets black by the heat of the sun. The natives keep +the plantations of these trees separate, as we do our +vines. They bury the cloves in pits till they are +taken away by the traders."</p> + +<p>He also describes the cinnamon tree:</p> + +<p>"Muthil, the fourth island, is not larger than the +rest, and it produces cinnamon. The tree is full of +shoots, and in other respects barren; it delights in +dryness, and is very like the tree which bears pomegranates. +The bark of this splits under the influence +of the sun's heat, and is stripped off the wood; and, +after drying a little in the sun, it is cinnamon."</p> + +<p>Also the nutmeg tree: +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Near to this is another island, called Bada, +larger and more ample than the Moluccas. In this +grows the nutmeg, the tree of which is tall and +spreading, and is rather like the walnut tree, and +its nut, too, grows like the walnut; for it is protected +by a double husk, at first like a furry calix, +and under this a thin membrane, which embraces +the nutlike network. This is called the Muscat +flower with us, but by the Spaniards mace, and is +a noble and wholesome spice. The other covering +is a woody shell, like that of a hazelnut, and in +that, as we have already said, is the nutmeg."</p> + +<p>And ginger:</p> + +<p>"Ginger grows here and there in each of the +islands of the archipelago. It sometimes grows by +sowing, and sometimes spontaneously; but that +which is sown is the more valuable. Its grass is like +that of the saffron, and its root is almost the same +too, and that is ginger."</p> + +<p>While sailing among these bowery ocean gardens, +and gathering their odorous products, the poetic +Maximilianus was presented with one of the immortal +birds that protected a hero in battle, "the +bird of God."</p> + +<p>He thus speaks of the rare present:</p> + +<p>"Our men were kindly treated by the chiefs in +turn, and they, too, submitted freely to the rule of +Cæsar, like the King of Thidori. But the Spaniards, +who had but two ships, resolved to bring some of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span> +each (spice) home, but to load the ships with cloves, +because the crop of that was the most abundant that +year, and our ships could contain a greater quantity +of this kind of spice. Having, therefore, loaded +the ships with cloves, and having received letters +and presents for Cæsar from the Kings, they make +ready for their departure. The letters were full of +submission and respect. The gifts were Indian +swords, and things of that sort. But, best of all, the +Mamuco Diata; that is, the bird of God, by which +they believe themselves to be safe and invincible +in battle. Of which five were sent, and one I obtained +from the Captain (<i>congran prieghi</i>), which I +send to your reverence, not that your reverence may +think yourself safe from treachery and the sword +by means of it, as they profess to do, but that you +may be pleased with its rareness and beauty. I send +also some cinnamon and nutmeg and cloves, to show +that our spices are not only not worse, but more +valuable than those which the Venetians and Portuguese +bring, because they are fresher."</p> + +<p>He also relates the disasters which fell to one of +the overloaded ships:</p> + +<p>"When our men had set sail from Thedori, one +of the ships, and that the larger one, having sprung +a leak, began to make water, so that it became necessary +to put back to Thedori. When the Spaniards +saw that this mischief could not be remedied without +great labor and much time, they agreed that the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span> +other ship should sail to the Cape of Cattigara, and +afterward through the deep as far as possible from +the coast of India, lest it should be seen by the Portuguese, +and until they saw the promontory of +Africa which projects beyond the tropic of Capricorn, +and to which the Portuguese have given the +name of Good Hope; and from that point the passage +to Spain would be easy.</p> + +<p>"But as soon as the other ship was refitted it +should direct its course through the archipelago, +and that vast ocean toward the shores of the continent +which we mentioned before, till it found that +coast which was in the neighborhood of Darien, and +where the southern sea was separated from the +western, in which are the Spanish Islands, by a very +narrow piece of land. So the ship sailed again from +Thedori, and, having gone twelve degrees on the +other side of the equinoctial line, they did not find +the Cape of Cattigara, which Ptolemy supposed to +extend even beyond the equinoctial line; and when +they had traversed an immense space of sea, they +came to the Cape of Good Hope and afterward to the +Islands of the Hesperides.</p> + +<p>"And, as this ship let in water, being much +knocked about by this long voyage, the sailors, many +of whom had died by hardships by land and by sea, +could not clear the ship of water. Wherefore they +landed upon one of the islands, which is named after +Saint James, to buy slaves. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span></p> + +<p>"But as our men had no money, they offered, +sailor fashion, cloves for the slaves. This matter +having come to the ears of the Portuguese who were +in command of the island, thirteen of our men were +thrown into prison. The rest were eighteen in +number.</p> + +<p>"Frightened by the strangeness of this behavior, +they started straight for Spain, leaving their shipmates +behind them. And so, in the sixteenth month +after leaving Thedori, they arrived safe and sound +on the 6th of September, at the port near Hispalis +(Seville). Worthier, indeed, are our sailors of eternal +fame than the Argonauts who sailed with Jason to +Colchis. And much more worthy was their ship of +being placed among the stars than that old Argo; +for that only sailed from Greece through Pontus, +but ours from Hispalis to the South; and after that, +through the whole West and the Southern hemisphere, +penetrating into the East, and again returned +to the West."</p> + +<p>His subscription is interesting:</p> + + +<p>"I commend myself most humbly to your reverence. +Given at Vallisoleti, on the 23d of October, +1522.</p> + + +<p> +"Your most reverend and illustrious lordship's<br /> + "Most humble and constant servant,<br /> +<span class="smcap" style="margin-left: 20%">"Maximilianus Transylvanus."</span> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span></p> + + +<p>When the spice ship began to fill with water, the +officers sent for native divers. But these, although +very skillful, could not find the place or the cause +of the leak.</p> + +<p>Let us change our view to a different scene, across +the wide tropical world.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap22" id="chap22"></a>CHAPTER XXII.</h3> + +<h4>MESQUITA IN PRISON.</h4> + + +<p>While the little ship Victoria, which had sought +for Mesquita in vain, was sailing around the world, +and was returning laden with spice, Mesquita himself +remained shut out from the sun by the shadows +of prison walls. His lite became more and more +silent and neglected.</p> + +<p>We know not by what authority he was held in +a dungeon for advising the supposed crimes of his +cousin Magellan. It could not have been that of +Juana, who was still watching over the tomb from +which she expected her husband to rise, nor by good +Cardinal Ximenes, and possibly not by Charles V +himself, but perhaps by one of his ministers. It +may have been by the direction of Charles, for his +imprisonment implies doubt; otherwise with such +an array of testimony against him, we might expect +he would have been executed.</p> + +<p>Two years had passed over beautiful Seville, and +the India House there must have began to doubt the +story of Gormez as not one of the other ships returned. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span> +These ships might have been cast away in +the wintry seas that Gormez and his crew described, +or the flag of Spain that the daring Portuguese had +set toward the Spice Islands of the East by the way +of the South might be seen again some day, rising +over the Guadalquivir.</p> + +<p>Mesquita believed in his cousin Magellan; not +only in him as a true man, but as one who had a +divine calling to fulfill; as one whom destiny had +allotted to lead the decisive events of mankind. He +still felt that he would prove another Columbus or +Vasco da Gama.</p> + +<p>The two priests whom Magellan had marooned +had honestly thought Magellan mad. But Mesquita +had his own confessor, and we can easily fancy how +the prisoner must have opened his heart to him.</p> + +<p>"Padre, I am misunderstood," we can hear him +say. "Time tells the truth about all men. Time +vindicates all.</p> + +<p>"Padre, some messenger from Magellan will come +back again. Time weighs all events, and life is self +revealing. The heralds will blow their trumpets +then, and the bells will ring.</p> + +<p>"Padre, they do well to prolong my life. Some +day my prison doors will open wide, and I shall ride +through the streets of Seville, and those who doubt +me now will hail me as a heart that, was always true +to a Knight whose heart will be found true to the +Emperor!"<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span></p> + +<p>The lamp of his faith burned clear and odorous oil. +He had a quiet conscience. But how must the conspirators +have felt during these uncertain months? +The ships did not return. That seemed to favor one +view of the madness of Magellan, and yet it did not +leave them at ease. There were some who reasoned: +If Magellan were indeed mad on his own ship, why +might not one or more of the other ships have returned? +If the other ships had been loyal to the +lantern of Magellan, and had kept together, might +the fleet not return again? Should it return what +a stigma would be cast on the characters of the +cowardly mutineers! In such a case Mesquita +would become a hero, and the latter would have to +flee from their own names.</p> + +<p>Charles V was in his promise of glory now. In +1519, as we have before stated, he had been elected +Emperor of Germany; and in 1520 he had been +crowned at Aix la Chapelle, amid great rejoicings, +and the Pope had bestowed upon him the title of +Cæsar or Emperor of the Roman world. He was +called "Cæsar" in the chronicles of the times.</p> + +<p>Poor Juana took no interest in any of these pomps +of her son, as they shook the world. Her ears were +deaf to them, her heart was dead to them all. The +mother of "Cæsar" was almost the only person in +Spain who hailed not the glory of Cæsar.</p> + +<p>Amid all the splendors of his court the dream +of Magellan must still have haunted the mind of the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span> +new Cæsar. He had accepted the story brought by +the returned ship; but Magellan the madman might +come back again. Madmen had returned before.</p> + +<p>The period was a wonderful one. Printing, the +art of which had been but recently developed after +the discovery of Gutenberg, was revealing its great +possibilities. These were the times of Francis in +France, and of Henry VIII in England. The Reformation +was overturning Germany. The whole +world seemed to be changing.</p> + +<p>If the ships of Magellan were to find a new way +to the East, and were to sail around the world, what +surprising events might follow!</p> + +<p>So, night after night, Mesquita could but hope +and ask:</p> + +<p>"Where is the lantern of Magellan now?"</p> + +<p>Seville was full of maritime prosperity. The +tuneful bells in her many churches had frequent +occasions to ring out for national festivals. The +sailors loved these services, and especially those that +celebrated the triumphs of the Virgin whose dominion +had become, as was supposed, the sea, and +who was hailed as the "Star of the Deep."</p> + +<p>The happy crowds on their way to the rejoicing +churches must have passed the prison walls where +Mesquita was detained. Life indeed must have been +mysterious to him. The world in which he deserved +so much honor and happiness was shut out from +him—even the sun and stars.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap23" id="chap23"></a>CHAPTER XXIII.</h3> + +<h4>STRANGE STORIES.—THE WISE OLD WOMEN.—THE +WALKING LEAVES.—THE HAUNTED SANDALWOOD +TREES.—THE EMPEROR OF CHINA.—THE LITTLE +BOY AND THE GIANT BIRD.</h4> + + +<p>Pigafetta was no Munchausen, but he had a +love of marvelous stories, and there never was a +voyage that offered to a European a greater number +of curious events and superstitions. Some of the +incidents that excited our Chevalier's wonder were +natural events which have been since explained. +The superstitious legends of the people were, however, +for the most part but the growth of folklore +through the imagination.</p> + +<p>One of these accounts relates to the wise old +women who prepared the sacrifices of the wild boar +as offerings to the sun. It shows how small may be +the real meaning of pompous and pretentious ceremonies. +The rites took place in the Philippines.</p> + +<p>Says Pigafetta in his narrative prepared for the +Grand Master of the Knight of Rhodes:</p> + +<p>"Since I have spoken of the idols, it may please +your illustrious Highness to have an account of the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span> +ceremony with which, in this island, they bless the +pig. They begin by sounding some great drums +(tamburi); they then bring three large dishes; two +are filled with cakes of rice and cooked millet rolled +up in leaves, with roast fish; in the third are Cambay +cloths and two strips of palm cloth. A cloth of +Cambay is spread out on the ground; then two old +women come, each of whom has in her hand a reed +trumpet. They step upon the cloth and make an +obeisance to the sun; they then clothe themselves +with the above-mentioned cloths. The first of these +puts on her head a handkerchief which she ties on +her forehead so as to make two horns, and taking +another handkerchief in her hand, dances and sounds +her trumpet and invokes the sun.</p> + +<p>"The second old woman takes one of the strips +of palm cloth and dances, and also sounds her +trumpet; thus they dance and sound their trumpets +for a short space of time, saying several things to +the sun. The first old woman then drops the handkerchief +she has in her hand and takes the other +strip of cloth, and both together sounding their +trumpets, dance for a long time round the pig which +is bound on the ground. The first one always speaks +in a low tone to the sun, and the second answers +her. So the sun and the two old women had a luminous +partnership.</p> + +<p>"The second old woman then presents a cup of +wine to the first, who, while they both continue their +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span> +address to the sun, brings the cup four or five times +near the mouth as though going to drink, and meanwhile +sprinkles the wine on the heart of the pig. +She then gives up the cup, and receives a lance +which she brandishes, while still dancing and reciting, +and four or five times directs the lance at the +pig's heart; at last, with a sudden and well-aimed +blow, she pierces it through and through. She withdraws +the lance from the wound, which is then +closed and dressed with herbs.</p> + +<p>"During the ceremony a torch is always burning, +and the old woman who pierced the pig takes and +puts it out with her mouth; the other old woman +dips the end of her trumpet in the pig's blood, and +with it marks with blood the forehead of her husband +and of her companion, and then of the rest of +the people. But they did not come and do this +to us.</p> + +<p>"That done the old women took off their robes +and ate what was in the two dishes, inviting only +women to join them. After that they get the hair +off the pig with fire. Only old women are able to +consecrate the boar, and this animal is never eaten +unless it is killed in this manner."</p> + +<p>Pigafetta saw wonderful things in Borneo, among +them a wild boar whose head was two and a half +spans long, and oysters as large as turtles. He says +that the flesh of one of these oysters weighed forty-five +pounds.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span></p> + +<p>But the thing there which probably must have +most greatly excited his curiosity was the <i>walking +leaves</i>. There were certain trees on the islands that +had very animated leaves. When one of these +leaves fell from the tree, it did not lie where it fell, +to rot or to be shuffled by the winds, but it lifted +itself up and walked away.</p> + +<p>Here was a sight indeed to make the young Italian +fly to his memoranda book, which he did.</p> + +<p>Other travelers later saw the same curious thing, +but they examined the miracle more closely than the +credulous Chevalier. They found that the leaves +were moved by an insect that lived inside of them, +like the Mexican bean, which is used as a toy, and +will jump about a table.</p> + +<p>The islands of the Indian Ocean abound in sandalwood. +Of the sandal trees Pigafetta heard other +curious legends. One of them tells us that when the +people of the Timor went out to cut sandalwood, the +devil appeared to them, and demanded them to bargain +with him for the wood. This they did, for those +who cut the wood are otherwise likely to fall sick; +a poisonous miasma is exhaled from the wounded +wood.</p> + +<p>Pigafetta heard also marvelous tales of the Emperor +of China, who seemed to live amid human +walls. There may be some truths in these incidents; +if so, what a remarkable condition must have been +that of the Chinese court four hundred years ago! +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span></p> + +<p>He says:</p> + +<p>"The kingdom of Cocchi lies next; its sovereign +is named Raja Seri Bummipala. After that follows +Great China, the king of which is the greatest sovereign +of the world, and is called Santoa Raja. He +has seventy crowned kings under his dependence; +and some of these kings have ten or fifteen lesser +kings dependent on them. The port of this kingdom +is named Guantan, and among the many cities of +this Empire, two are the most important, namely, +Nankin and Comlaha, where the King usually resides.</p> + +<p>"He has four of his principal ministers close to +his palace, at the four sides looking to the four cardinal +winds; that is, one to the west, one to the +east, to the south, and to the north. Each of these +gives audience to those that come from his quarter. +All the kings and lords of India major and superior +obey this King, and in token of their vassalage, each +is obliged to have in the middle of the principal +palace of his city the marble figure of a certain animal +named Chinga, an animal more valuable than +the lion; the figure of this animal is also engraved +on the King's seal, and all who wish to enter his port +must carry the same emblem in wax or ivory.</p> + +<p>"If any lord is disobedient to him, he is flayed, +and his skin, dried in the sun, salted, and stuffed, is +placed in an eminent part of the public place, with +the head inclined and the hands on the head in the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span> +attitude of doing zongu; that is obeisance to the +King.</p> + +<p>"He is never visible to anybody; and if he wishes +to see his people he is carried about the palace on +a peacock most skillfully manufactured and very +richly adorned, with six ladies dressed exactly like +himself, so that he can not be distinguished from +them. He afterward passes into a richly adorned +figure of a serpent called Naga, which has a large +glass in the breast, through which he and the ladies +are seen, but it is not possible to distinguish which +is the King. He marries his sisters in order that his +blood should not mix with that of others.</p> + +<p>"His palace has seven walls around it, and in each +circle there are daily ten thousand men on guard, +who are changed every twelve hours at the sound +of a bell. Each wall has its gate, with a guard at +each gate. At the first stands a man with a great +scourge in his hand, named Satuhoran with satubagan; +at the second, a dog called Satuhain; at the +third, a man with an iron mace, called Satuhoran +with pocumbecin; at the fourth, a man with a bow +in his hand, called Saturhoran with anatpanan; at +the fifth, a man with a lance, called Satuhoran with +tumach; at the sixth, a lion, called Saturhorimau; +at the seventh, two white elephants, called Gagiapute.</p> + +<p>"The palace contains seventy-nine halls, in which +dwell only the ladies destined to serve the King; +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span> +there are always torches burning there. It is not possible +to go round the palace in less than a day. In +the upper part of it are four halls where the ministers +go to speak to the King; one is ornamented +with metal, both the pavement and the walls; another +is all of silver, another all of gold, and the +other is set with pearls and precious stones. The +gold and other valuable things which are brought as +tribute to the King are placed in these rooms; and +when they are there deposited, they say, 'Let this be +for the honor and glory of our Santoa Raja.' All +these things and many others relating to this King, +were narrated to us by a Moor, who said that he had +seen them."</p> + +<p>A palace of seven walls, seventy-nine halls, +and ten thousand men on guard! A hall of silver, +another of gold, and one of precious stones! It took +a day to encompass it. We may well wonder how +much of truth there was in this brief Oriental story!</p> + +<p>When the adventurers came to Java they heard +some tales that were marvelous, and that quite +equaled those which Queen Scheherezade of the +Arabian Nights told of Sinbad the Sailor.</p> + +<p>One of these fabulous stories, told them by a +pilot, had an Oriental charm and coloring. It was +of a giant bird, like the roc of the Arabian Nights.</p> + +<p>According to this fanciful legend which we give +with some freedom, there was a land called Java +Major on the north of the Gulf of China, where grew +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span> +an enormous tree, seemingly as big as a mountain—one +of the greatest trees in all the world. In this +tree, which might have shaded a hill, lived a colony +of birds, with wings like clouds, so broad and powerful +that they could lift an elephant or a buffalo into +the air and bear him away to the mountainous tree. +The fruit of this tree was larger than the largest +melons.</p> + +<p>There were Moors on the ship where this story of +the great tree and the great bird was told. One of +them said:</p> + +<p>"I have <i>seen</i> the great bird with my own +eyes!"</p> + +<p>Another Moor said:</p> + +<p>"One of the birds was once captured, and sent +as a present to the King of Siam!"</p> + +<p>An account of the capture of such a bird would +have been very interesting!</p> + +<p>There were great whirlpools around the mountainous +tree. So that no ship could approach within +three or four leagues of it.</p> + +<p>But once, according to the legend, some adventurous +sailors sailed near the great tree. They had +a little boy on board their boat, and he must have +surveyed the giant of the forest with wonder.</p> + +<p>They sailed too near, for presently their boat +began to go round and round, and they found themselves +in the power of the whirlpool.</p> + +<p>Round and round went the junk until it struck +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span> +against a rock, and all on board perished, except the +little boy, who was supple.</p> + +<p>This child caught a plank and held on to it. He +was carried hither and thither among the eddies and +breakers, but he found himself drawing nearer and +nearer the great tree. At last he was cast on shore +at the foot of the tree.</p> + +<p>"Here must be my home," said he, for he thought +he never could get away again. No boat could come +to him, and <i>he</i> could not fly.</p> + +<p>The tree had great masses of bark, so that he +could climb up into it. He mounted up to its high +limbs. He could not starve, for the fruit of such a +tree must have been sufficient to have supplied a +colony.</p> + +<p>So cast away on the tree, he here expected to live +and to die.</p> + +<p>Toward sunset great wings like clouds darkened +the shining air. The birds were coming home to-night +in the tree. Their nests were there as big as +houses.</p> + +<p>They settled down, causing a great wind, and put +their great heads under their wings and went to +sleep.</p> + +<p>The boy was bright, and a plan of getting away +from the tree came to him. He reasoned that if he +could not fly the bird could, and what would be the +weight of a little boy to a bird who could carry +away an elephant? +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span></p> + +<p>So he marked the largest and most powerful bird +with his eye, and crept up to it and got under his +wing, and into his great feathers.</p> + +<p>The bird was asleep and did not wake!</p> + +<p>Morning came, and with the first red dawn, as +we may fancy, the bird threw up his head and +begun to stir. He lifted himself up and shook +himself, but he did not shake off the boy, who +was safely nestled among the little forest of its +feathers.</p> + +<p>The sun was brightening the islands, and the +bird mounted up and flew away in search of food, +carrying the little boy under his wing.</p> + +<p>After traversing the sunrise air for a long time, +the bird flew over a land of buffaloes.</p> + +<p>He here descended to capture a buffalo, to bear +him away to the mountainous tree for food. As he +alighted on the back of the buffalo with a wild +scream of delight, the little boy dropped out from +under his wing, and so found his way to his own +island.</p> + +<p>It was the little boy that told this large story, +quite like Sinbad's.</p> + +<p>There were found mysterious fruits floating on +the sea, which were supposed to have fallen from +the tree.</p> + +<p>"I have seen the bird myself," said a third Moorish +pilot, and with the testimony of the little boy, +and the three pilots and the floating fruit, this story +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span> +ought to be as trustworthy as the one of Sinbad the +Sailor.</p> + +<p>The voyage back to the Cape of Good Hope and +thence to the Cape Verde Islands was one for strange +reflections. Del Cano now was the leader of the +returning mariners. The expedition had gone out +from the port of Seville amid shouting quays and +towers, with some two hundred and seventy men. +Only one ship was returning and she was bringing +home hardly as many men as composed her own +crew.</p> + +<p>We can imagine Del Cano on deck, with the lantern +of Magellan still swinging above him, talking +with his officers on a tropical night off the African +coast.</p> + +<p>"Magellan has found an unknown grave," we +may hear him say.</p> + +<p>"But humanity will mourn for him, and honor +him, and the grave matters not," answers a padre.</p> + +<p>"We shall never see Mesquita again," continues +Del Cano.</p> + +<p>"We can not be sure," replies the padre. "We +can know nothing that we do not see."</p> + +<p>"We surely shall never meet Carthagena again. +I can see in my memory those last biscuits and +bottles of wine. He needs none of them now."</p> + +<p>"He may have them all," answers the padre.</p> + +<p>"We are yet rich in spices. We shall surprise +the world when we drop anchor at Seville." +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span></p> + +<p>"And Seville may have surprises for us," says +the hopeful padre.</p> + +<p>They drifted on under favoring airs. The soul of +Del Cano was lost to common events in the wonderful +revelations of the sea. Should he reach Seville, +he would be the living hero of the most marvelous +voyage ever made by any mariner.</p> + +<p>Such were the scenes and tales that crowded +upon the mind of Pigafetta, who wished "to see +the wonders of the world." The story of the Emperor +of China's palace is associated with objects +so marvelous that the meaning of their names is +lost to-day.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap24" id="chap24"></a>CHAPTER XXIV.</h3> + +<h4>THE LOST DAY.</h4> + + +<p>When they reached the Cape Verde Islands, the +sailors found that a very strange thing had happened.</p> + +<p>They had lost a day—or, the islanders had +gained a day!</p> + +<p>They met the ships from Seville there, and doubtless +disputed with the traders in regard to what +day of the week it was.</p> + +<p>"This is the 6th of September," they said; "a day +that we shall ever have occasion to celebrate."</p> + +<p>"It is the 7th of September," said their joyous +friends.</p> + +<p>The sailors consulted with each other. All +agreed that it was the 6th of September. Nowhere +had they failed to make a daily memorandum. The +people of Seville must have lost a day.</p> + +<p>The solar year consists of three hundred and +sixty-five days and six hours, and if one sails West +three years one will gain a day, and if one sails East, +one will lose a day.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span></p> + +<p>If the reader will note the following dates of this +wonderful voyage, he will solve the mystery of the +"lost day:"</p> + + + + +<h4>CHRONOLOGY OF THE FIRST VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD.</h4> + + + + +<p><a name="noteE"></a> +<a name="noteF"></a></p> + +<table style="margin-left: 15%; font-size: 10pt; " summary="Voyage Chronology"> +<tr> +<td>Magellan arrives at Seville</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">October 20, 1518.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan's fleet sails from Seville, Monday<a href="#foot">[E]</a></td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">August 10, 1519.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan sails from San Lucar de Barrameda,<br /> Tuesday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">September 20, 1519.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan arrives at Teneriffe</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">September 26, 1519.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan sails from Teneriffe, Monday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">October 3, 1519.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan arrives at Rio Janeiro</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">December 13, 1519.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan sails from Rio</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">December 26, 1519.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan sails from Rio de la Plata</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">February 2, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan arrives at Port St. Julian</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">March 31, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Eclipse of sun</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">April 17, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Loss of Santiago.</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; "> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan sails from Port St. Julian</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">August 24, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan sails from river of Santa Cruz</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">October 18, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan makes Cape of the Virgins, entrance<br /> of straits</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">October 21, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Desertion of San Antonio</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">November, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan issues from straits into the Pacific,<br /> Wednesday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">November 28, 1520.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan fetches San Pablo Island</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">January 24, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan fetches Tiburones Island</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">February 4, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan reaches the Ladrone Islands, Wednesday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">March 6, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan reaches Samar Island of the Philippines,<br /> Saturday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">March 16, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan reaches Mazzava Island, Thursday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">March 28, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Magellan arrives at Zebu Island</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">April 7, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Death of Magellan at Matan, Saturday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">April 27, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Arrival of San Antonio at Seville</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">May 6, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Arrival of Victoria and Trinity at Tidore,<br /> Friday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">November 8, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Victoria sails from Tidore</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">December 21, 1521.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Victoria discovers Amsterdam Island, Tuesday</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">March 18, 1552.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Victoria doubles the Cape of Good Hope</td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">May 18, 1552.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Victoria arrives at San Lucar, Wednesday<a href="#foot">[F]</a></td> +<td style="padding-left: 20pt; ">September 6, 1552.</td> +</tr> +</table> + + + + +<p>They sought provisions of the Portuguese colony +at Cape Verde.</p> + +<p>The Portuguese persecution of the expedition, +which Magellan had made for Spain, did not cease +even here. The Victoria sent out boats for rice. +One of the sailors could not restrain his joy, and told +the Portuguese who he was and whence he came.</p> + +<p>The jealousy of the Portuguese was aroused +again.</p> + +<p>"The expedition carries glory to Spain," said +they. "Did not the King tear the arms from Magellan's +door?"</p> + +<p>One of the boats sent out for rice did not return. +The Victoria knew why they were detained, and +sailed away while she could, to bear the glorious +news of the discovery to Seville.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chap25" id="chap25"></a>CHAPTER XXV.</h3> + +<h4>IN THE CHURCH OF OUR LADY OF VICTORY.—PIGAFETTA.</h4> + + +<p>The Victoria cast anchor in the Port of Seville +on September 8, 1522. Joy filled the city on +that day, and heralds went forth to proclaim the +news.</p> + +<p>What news it was!</p> + +<p>That Magellan had found a new way to the +Pacific.</p> + +<p>That he had discovered the Pacific to be a mighty +ocean.</p> + +<p>That he had sailed over it and found a new ocean +world.</p> + +<p>That he was dead.</p> + +<p>That he had made immortal discoveries, and that +one of his ships had sailed around the world.</p> + +<p>The hero of the day was Del Cano, the commander +of the Victoria.</p> + +<p>There was a most beautiful church in Seville, +called Our Lady of Victory. To that the returning +mariners were summoned to give thanks for their +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span> +discovery on the day after their arrival, September +9, 1522.</p> + +<p>Bells rang out on the shining air. The remnant +of the happy crews entered the church amid the +joyous music to hear the songs of thanksgiving for +victory:</p> + + +<p style="margin-left: 18%; "> +"We praise thee, O God!<br /> +We believe thee to be<br /> +The Father everlasting!" +</p> + + +<p>They had returned in the Victoria, and the service +had to them a special significance in the church +of that name.</p> + +<p>Mesquita must have heard the acclaiming city.</p> + +<p>To the prisoner who had waited in hope, the +trumpets of the heralds must have been sweet after +his release! Juana, the demented Queen, was yet +watching by the tomb in view of her window, hoping +at each dawn of the morning that she would find +that the dust had awakened to life again. Charles +was mapping Europe; his fire of ambition was +glowing, and the news of the new fields of the +ocean that these discoveries had brought to him +filled him with pride and exultation.</p> + +<p>He resolved on giving Del Cano and his mariners +a splendid reception, after the manner that Isabella +had received Columbus.</p> + +<p>Del Cano was now the living representative of +Magellan. In publicly receiving him with heralds, +music, and festival he would do honor to Magellan, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span> +whose name was now immortal. So Charles spread +his tables of silver and gold to those who had lived +on the open sea on scraps of leather, and magnanimously +welcomed as knights of the sea those who +had followed the sun around the world.</p> + +<p>Spain opened the prison doors of Mesquita.</p> + +<p>How must Del Cano have welcomed Mesquita as +he came forth from his prison, vindicated on these +festal days!</p> + +<p>Mesquita was a hero now, and a hero among +heroes, for he had been a martyr to the cause. The +people's hearts overflowed toward him.</p> + +<p>So the islands of the new ocean world came to +be the possessions of Spain, and from Philip, who +succeeded Charles, were called the Philippines. +They were to be governed, robbed, taxed, and, in +part, reduced to slavery for the enrichment of Spain +for nearly four hundred years. Then Spain was to +vanish from their history in the smoke of Admiral +Dewey's guns, and over them was to float the flag +of the republic of the West.</p> + +<p>It is a strange allotment of events that these +islands should introduce the republic of the West +into the Asiatic world. A half century ago the subject +of Europe in Asia excited the attention of mankind, +but no one ever dreamed that a like topic of<a name="ill202"></a> +America in Asia would ever become one of the +political problems of the world. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span></p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_202.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Pigafetta presenting the history of<br />the voyage to the +King of Spain.</span></p> + +<p>The future of these islands must be one of civilization, + +education, and development, and we may +hope that these will be brought about under the +divine law of American institutions, that "all governments +derive their just powers from the consent +of the governed." Justice alone is the true sword +of power, perpetuity, and peace. To lead the natives +of these islands to desire to receive all that is best +in civilized life, is one of the great missions of the +republic of the West; and that republic, governed by +the conscience of the people, will be true to the +cause of human rights.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p><b>Pigafetta?</b> We must let him tell the story of his +life on his return. "Leaving Seville I repaired to +Valladolid, where I presented his sacred Majesty, +Don Carlos, neither gold nor silver, but other things +far more precious in the eyes of so great a sovereign. +For I brought to him, among other things, a book +written in my own hand, giving an account of all +the things which had happened day by day on the +voyage.</p> + +<p>"Then I went to Portugal, where I related to +King John the things that I had seen.</p> + +<p>"Returning by the way of Spain, I came to +France, where I presented treasures that I had +brought home to the regent mother of the most +Christian King Don Francis.</p> + +<p>"Then I turned my face toward Italy, where I +gave myself to the service of the illustrious Philip +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span> +de Villiers l'Isle Adams, the Grand Master of +Rhodes."</p> + +<p>The scene of the presentation of the parchment +story of Magellan to Charles V is most interesting. +That manuscript was like the return of Magellan +himself; it told what the hero of the sea had been +and what he had done. It was in itself a work +of genius, and the world has never ceased to +read it in the spirit of sympathy in which it was +written.</p> + +<p>We may fancy the scene: the young King surrounded +by his court, in his happiest days; the +Italian Knight amid the splendors of the audience +room, placing in the hands of the new Cæsar the roll +of the narrative of the voyage around the world! +Such a story no pen had ever traced before. That +must have been one of the proudest moments in the +life of Charles as he took from the Knight the map +of the round world.</p> + +<p>To the last Pigafetta was true to the Admiral; +and one of the best things that can be said of any +man is, "He is true hearted."</p> + +<p>A wooden statue of Del Cano was found at Cavite +on the surrender of that port to Commodore Dewey. +It was sent to Washington. It should be replaced +by some worthy work of art.</p> + +<p>The island of Guam, of the Ladrones, which broke +the long voyage of Magellan over the Pacific, and +which is some fifteen hundred miles from Luzon, was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span> +captured by Captain Glass, of the United States +cruiser Charleston, July 21, 1898. It is a connecting +link between the West and the Orient. A memorial +of Magellan, Del Cano, and Pigafetta might be suitably +placed there.</p> + +<p>The author of the Songs of the Sierras has +described the spirit of Columbus in a poem which +has been highly commended. The interpretation +applies as well to Magellan. We quote two verses: +genius must overcome obstacles, and all obstacles, to +be made divine.</p> + + +<p class="center">THE PORT.</p> + +<p style="margin-left: 27%; "> +Behind him lay the gray Azores,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Behind, the gates of Hercules.</span><br /> +Before him not the ghosts of shores,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Before him only shoreless seas.</span><br /> +The good mate said: "Now must we pray,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">For, lo! the very stars are gone.</span><br /> +Brave Admiral, speak—what shall I say?"<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"Why say—Sail on, sail on, sail on!"</span><br /> +<br /> +They sailed, they sailed. Then spoke the mate:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"This mad sea shows her teeth to-night;</span><br /> +She curls her lip and lies in wait<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">With lifted teeth as if to bite.</span><br /> +Brave Admiral, say but one good word,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">What shall we do when hope is gone?"</span><br /> +The words leaped as a leaping sword—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"Sail on, sail on, sail on and on!"</span><br /> +</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a name="chapsupp" id="chapsupp"></a>SUPPLEMENTAL.</h3> + +<h4>THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.—LAGASPI.—THE STRUGGLE OF +THE NATIVES WITH SPAIN.—STORY OF THE PATRIOT +RIZAL.—AGUINALDO.</h4> + + +<p>The Philippine Islands, which promise to become +a republic of the seas, and the first republic in +Asiatic waters, were for generations held by Spain. +These one thousand and more sea gardens, some +eleven thousand miles from New York, number +about as few islands of importance as there are +American States. The government of the more +populous islands has been so restrictive that, before +the boom of Dewey's guns in the China Sea, little +was known about them to the world.</p> + +<p>The archipelago consists of some six hundred +islands that might find marking on an ordinary map +of the world.</p> + +<p>Twenty-five of these have gained a commercial +standing, from which are collected products for foreign +trade. The chief of these is Luzon, and the principal +ports of the larger islands are Iloilo, on the +island of Panay; Zebu and Zamboango.</p> + +<p>Luzon and the northern islands are inhabited by +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span> +a partly civilized race, called the Tagals, who are +supposed to be descended from immigrants from +the Malay peninsula. They have had the reputation +of a mild-mannered people, as they have long +received, directly or indirectly, European influences. +There are two thousand one hundred schools in +Luzon and some six millions of the natives of the +islands are claimed as Catholics.</p> + +<p>A sultanate was formed on the Sulu archipelago +nearly eight hundred years ago, and the Mohammedan +populations are called Moros or Moors. The +Visayas people are a lower race. Colonies of Chinese +are to be found in many of the larger islands, and +these constitute the centers of thrift and industry.</p> + +<p>The official language of the islands is Spanish, but +the natives speak in twenty or more dialects. The +islands are supposed to contain about ten million +people, but there are no correct censuses by +which to compute the number. Even the islands +themselves seem not to have been correctly counted.</p> + +<p>The history of the islands since their discovery +has been one of the most silent in the world. They +have been governed by Spain in such a manner as to +enrich the Crown of Spain. When the Pope apportioned +the newly discovered world among the Kings +of the Church, the Western Hemisphere was given +to Spain, and by an error of division Spain received +the Moluccas or Spice Islands. Magellan declared +the King of Spain suzerain of the islands, and after +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span> +many years Spain sent an expedition from one of her +colonies to Zebu to begin the occupation of the +Spicery. The leader of this expedition, Miguel de +Legaspi, caused his men to marry native women, +hoping thereby more easily to subdue a wild and untrained +race.</p> + +<p>In 1571 this colonizer brought Manila under his +influence, and induced the native King to accept the +suzerainty of the Spanish King. He proclaimed +Manila the seat of Government, and made it an +episcopal city.</p> + +<p>Legaspi came to learn a very strange thing. It +was that the Chinese had made themselves masters +of navigation <i>by monsoons</i>. They came down from +their coasts to Manila Bay on northwest monsoons, +and when the monsoons changed they were carried +back again. This power was akin to steam. Their +boats were junks, but they filled the marts of Manila +with silks and other Oriental luxuries.</p> + +<p>Legaspi encouraged this trade. He was the +founder of trade in the ports of the China Sea. He +caused a market place to be built for the Chinese +traders in Manila, in the form of a circus, and afterward +opened a quarter for them within the walls. +The Chinese still hold a large part of the retail trade +of the port. Before the late Spanish war, they numbered +about sixty thousand, and one hundred thousand +in the port and provinces.</p> + +<p>The monks came and sought to convert the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span> +people; their efforts were partly successful, but +sometimes ended in tragedies.</p> + +<p>The trade between Spain and the Philippines was +for a long time carried on by the way of Mexico. +The intercourse between the Crown and her dependencies +here was infrequent. The Mohammedans +waged frequent wars against the Catholic missionaries, +whom they sought to exterminate.</p> + +<p>The friars became the real rulers of the civilized +parts of the islands. The will of the Spanish priest +was absolute. He was independent of State authority. +The rule of the Church was so severe that it +brought religion into disfavor, and when the power +of Aguinaldo arose, that chief insisted upon the expulsion +of certain monastic orders, as detrimental to +liberty, and demanded the restoration of the estates +of the Church to the people.</p> + +<p>Such is, in brief, the simple history of the islands +discovered by Magellan before the archipelago was +ceded by the treaty of Paris to the United States.</p> + + + + +<h4>MANILA.</h4> + + +<p>Beautiful Manila, shining over the China Sea—so +seductive to the white man when seen from a distance, +so withering to all his energies when the same +white man becomes a resident there!</p> + +<p>A two days' voyage from Hong Kong brings +the traveler to Luzon to the river Pasig, where +the grim old fortresses of Manila, earthquake rent, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span> +like a haze of green vegetation, break the view. +Palms lift their green cool shadows in the burning +air.</p> + +<p>Manila is a walled city. The entrance is by drawbridges, +which are raised at night.</p> + +<p>The mediæval atmosphere does not disappear +when one finds one's self within the walls. Exhaustion +and decay are everywhere. +The large open bay +lies in the splendors of the +sunlight when the day is +calm, and the visitor would +never dream of its turbulent +condition when it is +lashed by the typhoon.</p> + +<p class="figleft"><img src="images/illus_210.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Admiral Dewey.</span></p> + +<p>Across the bay stands +Cavite, the naval station, +the scene of Dewey's victory +over the Spanish fleet.</p> + +<p>The city has some two hundred and seventy thousand +inhabitants. The merchants, as we have said, +are largely Chinese, and their quarters are picturesque +with gay bazaars.</p> + +<p>In the shadow land of trees and open dry +marshes outside of the city are beautiful estates, and +along the roadsides people go waving their fans +slowly and listlessly. Here are the parks, the bull +ring, and the lovely botanical gardens.</p> + +<p>Commercial Manila is a city of coolies, who bare +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span> +their backs to the sun, though little work can be +done here in the noonday heat.</p> + +<p>Some years ago a terrible cold came to Manila. +It was on a late December night, near morning. The +thermometer went down to 74°. Think of that, and +of the poor coolies, and of the negritos, or the little +black dwarfs, and of those who lived in the thousands +of huts of bamboo or reeds! True, 74° would +indicate a hot day in our American June or July,<a name="ill212"></a> +but in Manila it was a cold morning, and the people +came shivering into the streets, to tell each other +of their sufferings.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_212.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">PHILIPPINE ISLANDS</span></p> + + + +<p>The best description of Manila before the war +that we have seen was written by Crozet, and is contained +in an English translated book entitled +Crozet's Voyage to Tasmania, New Zealand, the +Ladrone Islands, and the Philippines. From this +beautifully illustrated work we present a view of the +city and the surrounding island as it appeared seven +years or more ago:</p> + +<p>"The city of Manila is one of the most beautiful +that Europeans have built in the East Indies; its +houses are all of stone, with tile roofs and they are +big, comfortable and well ventilated. The streets +of Manila are broad and perfectly straight; there +are five principal streets, which divide the city +lengthwise, and about ten which divide it broadways. +The form of the city is that of an oblong, +surrounded by walls and ditches, and defended on +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span> +the side of the river by a badly planned citadel, +which is about to be pulled down and rebuilt. The +city walls are flanked by a bastion at every one of +the four angles. There are at Manila eight principal +churches, with an open place in front of every one; +they are all beautiful, large and very richly decorated.<a name="noteG"></a> +The Cathedral is a building which would +grace any of our European cities, and has just been +rebuilt by an Italian Theatin,<a href="#foot">[G]</a> who is an able architect. +The two rows of columns which support the +vaults of the nave and of the aisles are of magnificent +marble; so also are the columns of the portal, +the altars, the steps, and the pavement. These marbles +are obtained from local quarries, are of great +variety, and are of the greatest beauty. The space in +front of the Cathedral is very large, and is the finest +in the city.</p> + +<p>"On one side the palace of the Governor is +flanked by the Cathedral, on the other by the Town +Hall. The Town Hall is very beautiful. At the +extremity of the place in front of the Cathedral a +large barracks is being constructed, which is to be +capable of lodging eight thousand troops.</p> + +<p>"Private houses, as well as public buildings, are +all one story high. Spaniards never live on the +ground floor, on account of the dampness, but they +occupy the first floor instead. The heat of the climate +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span>has induced them to build very large apartments, +with verandas running right round the outside, +so as to keep out of the sun; the windows form +part of the verandas, and the daylight only enters +the rooms by means of the doors which open out on +to these verandas. The ground floor serves as a +storehouse, and to prevent the rising of moisture +from the soil its surface is raised a foot, by means +of a bed of charcoal; then sand or gravel is placed +on top of this bed, which is finally paved with stone +or brick laid with mortar.</p> + +<p>"As the country is very subject to earthquakes, +the houses, although built of stone, are strengthened +with large posts of wood or iron fixed perpendicularly +in the ground, rising to the top of the wall-plates, +and built within the walls, so that they can not be +seen, and then crossed on every floor by master girders, +strongly bound together and bolted by wooden +keys, which so consolidate the whole building.</p> + +<p>"Manila is built on the mouth of a beautiful +river, which flows from a lake, called by the Spaniards +<i>Lagonne-de-bay</i>, and which is situated five +leagues inland. Forty streams flow into this lake, +which is twenty leagues in circumference, and +around which there are as many villages as streams. +The Manila River is the only one which flows out +of the lake. It is covered with boats, bringing to +the city every sort of provision from the forty agricultural +tribes established on the lake shores. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span></p> + +<p>"The suburbs are bigger and more thickly populated +than the city itself; they are separated from it +by a river, across which a beautiful bridge has been +thrown. The Minondo suburb is more especially inhabited +by half-breeds, Chinese, and Indians, who +are for the most part goldsmiths and silversmiths, +and all of them work people.</p> + +<p>"The Saint Croix suburb is inhabited by Spanish +merchants, by foreigners of all nations, and by Chinese +half-breeds. This quarter is the most agreeable +one in the country, because the houses, which are +quite as fine as those of the city, are built on the +river bank, and thereby they enjoy all the conveniences +and pleasantness due to such a position.</p> + +<p>"In spite of such advantages, the city is badly +situated, being placed between two intercommunicating +volcanoes, and of which the interiors, being +always active, are evidently preparing its ruin. The +two volcanoes are those of the Lagonne-ed-Taal and +of Monte Albay. When one burns, the other smokes.<a name="ill217"></a> +I shall speak later on of the former of these volcanoes, +which, to me at least, appeared a most singular +one.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_217.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Native houses in Manila</span></p> + +<p>"Until the shocks of the volcanoes shall decide +its fate, Manila remains the capital of the Spanish +establishments in the Philippines. Here reside the +Governor, who is called the Captain General and +President of the Royal Audience. Don Simon de +Auda filled this office when I arrived at Manila. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span> +This Governor had previously been a member of the +Royal Audience, and when the English, at the end +of the last war, took Manila, he escaped from the +city before the surrender, placed himself at the head +of the Indians of the province of Pampague, and, +without regard to the capitulation of the city, he is +said to have succeeded in confining the English +within their conquest, starving equally the conquerors +and the conquered. Noticing that the Chinese +established outside the city walls were furnishing +provisions to English and Spaniards alike, he +butchered them, putting more than ten thousand to +the sword. It seemed to me, however, that the Spaniards +in general considered the efforts of this councillor +to be more harmful than advantageous to the +welfare of the Spanish colony. The English, harassed +by the Indians under Don Simon de Auda, had +on their part armed and raised other provinces of +Luzon, so as to oppose Indian to Indian, and this +sort of civil war did more harm to the colony than +even the capture of Manila by the English.</p> + +<p>"However this may be, Don Simon de Auda returned +to Spain after the peace, was rewarded for +his zeal by being made Privy Councillor of Castile, +and was sent back to Manila as Governor General of +the Philippines. Since his arrival in his province +he has started a number of important projects, but +difficult to be carried out at one and the same time. +He has started considerable fortifications in various +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span> +parts of the city, very large barracks, dykes at +the mouth of the river, a powder-mill, smelting furnaces +and forges to work the iron mines, and a number +of other useful works, which might have succeeded +better had they been started in due succession.</p> + +<p>"The Philippine Archipelago contains fourteen +principal islands, the Government of which is +divided into twenty-seven provinces, which are governed +by <i>alcaldes</i> under the orders of the Governor +Captain General. All these islands are thickly populated, +being about three million. These islands extend +from the tenth to the twenty-third degree north +latitude, and vary in breadth from about forty +leagues at the north end of Luzon up to two hundred +leagues from the south of the southeast point +of Mindanao to the southwest point of Paragoa.</p> + +<p>"They are all fertile and rich in natural products. +But although the Spaniards have been established +here for more than two hundred years, they have +not yet succeeded in making themselves masters of +the islands. They have no foothold on Paragoa, +which is almost eighty leagues long, nor on the +adjacent small islands; they only possess a few acres +on the big island of Mindanao, which is two hundred +leagues in circumference, nor are they yet fully +acquainted with the interior of the island of Luzon, +where they have their chief settlement, namely, the +city of Manila. Luzon is the largest of these islands, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span> +being a hundred and forty leagues long from Cape +Bojador to Bulusan Point, which is the most northerly +point, and about forty leagues broad. In the +northern part of Luzon, near the province of Ilocos, +there are some aborigines with whom the Spaniards +have never been able to establish communication. +It is believed that these people are the descendants +of Chinese, who, having been shipwrecked on these +shores, have established themselves in the mountains +of this part of the island. It is said that some +Indians know the routes by which access is gained +to this people, and that they have been well received +by them; but it is in the interest of these Indians +to withhold the knowledge from the Spaniards, on +account of their great trade profits with those people, +who lack many things and have only provisions and +gold."</p> + + + + +<h4>THE STORY OF THE PATRIOT RIZAL.</h4> + + +<p><span class="smcap">Dr. José Rizal</span>, a virtuous Catholic reformer, +was the Samuel Adams of the awakening of moral +feeling against the tyranny of Spain. He sought to +reform the Government and to correct corruption in +the Church.</p> + +<p>He belonged to the province of Cavite. He was +a small man, of a clear, sensitive conscience, and +great intellectual penetration and force. It became +the one purpose of his life to free his countrymen. +"He organized the Revolution," says a monument to +Samuel Adams, and Dr. Rizal sought to organize a +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span> +revolution in a like manner as the "last of the Puritans" +in New England, by the collecting of facts for +correspondence with patriots at Manila and Hong +Kong.</p> + +<p>In his school life he beheld the universal corruption +going on around him. His heart was moved +to pity the people.</p> + +<p>He wrote a letter in which he urged reform by +the expulsion of corrupt officers of the Government +and of certain immoral priests. This awakened the +Government and made him secret enemies. He was +accused by the Government of treason and by the +decadent priests of the Church of blasphemy. He +held to his convictions against all opposition, knowing +that right was right and truth was truth.</p> + +<p>He sought to unite the worthy representatives of +the State and Church in an effort to bring about a +change which should honor morals and give justice +to the people. Among men of conscience his influence +secretly grew. He hoped to gain such force +as to make an appeal to the court at Madrid.</p> + +<p>He organized a moral revolution.</p> + +<p>Conscience is power, but its progress is slow.</p> + +<p>In 1890 Dr. Rizal published a pamphlet that +stirred the island world. He pictured the sufferings +of the natives under the Spanish rule. He appealed +to the enlightened Church, conscience and humanity.</p> + +<p>The patriot's friends saw that the reform movement +was about to be crushed, and said to Rizal: +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Escape to Hong Kong!"</p> + +<p>There was a patriotic club in Hong Kong that +sought the emancipation of the natives of Luzon and +the Philippines from the extortions of Spain. It +would be well for him now to go there.</p> + +<p>"How shall I leave the city?" was the one question +that suddenly haunted his mind.</p> + +<p>He must go by sea. He could not go on board a +ship without being detected and detained.</p> + +<p>"Get into a perforated box," said a fellow patriot, +"and I will ship you with the merchandise."</p> + +<p>Dr. Rizal secreted himself in the perforated box, +and was shipped from Luzon to Hong Kong.</p> + +<p>He was received with great enthusiasm by the +Philippine patriots in Hong Kong.</p> + +<p>But he was more dangerous to the officials of +Luzon in Hong Kong than at Cavite. It became a +problem with the latter how to get him once more +in their power.</p> + +<p>The Governor General Weyler caused a dispatch +to be sent to him which stated that he "was too +valuable a man for the State to lose his services," +that his past conduct would be overlooked, and that +he could safely return to his own island.</p> + +<p>Honest himself, he could not believe that the dispatch +was insincere.</p> + +<p>He went back to Manila. His foes were bent on +his destruction.</p> + +<p>He was one day absent from his rooms attending +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span> +probably to his medical duties, when some soldiers +led by a spy entered his apartments and searched +his trunks and pretended to find there seditious +books.</p> + +<p>Dr. Rizal was arrested. His enemies formed the +court to try him for treason.</p> + +<p>The books were put out as evidence against +him.</p> + +<p>"I imported no books," said he.</p> + +<p>"But the books are here."</p> + +<p>"The customhouse officers found no books in my +trunks," said Dr. Rizal.</p> + +<p>"But here are the books that witness against +you."</p> + +<p>"There were no books in my room when I left it," +said he.</p> + +<p>"But we found them there."</p> + +<p>"Let me call the customhouse officers."</p> + +<p>The court refused the request.</p> + +<p>"Let me summon the owner of my room."</p> + +<p>The court refused the request.</p> + +<p>"The witness against me is a convict, a spy, and +a perjurer."</p> + +<p>The court found him guilty.</p> + +<p>He was sent into exile. The injustice of the trial +was a flame of liberty; the British consul protested +against it, and riots broke out in Cavite against the +officials that countenanced such a mockery of justice. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span></p> + +<p>He went again to Hong Kong. Weyler had left +Luzon, and had been succeeded by Despajol.</p> + +<p>His case aroused the Patriot Club. The patriots +resolved to go to Spain and lay their cause before +the throne. They were mobbed in Spain and sent +to Manila for trial.</p> + +<p>The trial was a farce; Dr. Rizal was again condemned.</p> + +<p>On December 6, 1896, he was led out of the +Manila prison into the courtyard. A file of soldiers +awaited the coming. A sharp volley of shots broke +the stillness of the air; and that heart, so true to liberty, +was broken and lay bleeding on the earth. So +perished one of the noblest patriots of the islands of +the China Sea.</p> + + + + +<h4>AGUINALDO.</h4> + + +<p><span class="smcap">Aguinaldo</span>, called "the greatest of the Malays," +in that he rose against Spanish tyranny, is one of +the interesting characters of the closing century. +His true character can hardly be determined at the +present time. Future events must reveal it. He +is of mixed blood, and is said to more resemble a +European than a Malay.</p> + +<p>He was born in the province of Cavite, and is +supposed to have European blood in his veins. He +was brought up as a house boy in the apartments +of a Jesuit priest—a house boy being an errand boy; +a boy handy for all common work. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span></p> + +<p>It has been the policy of Spain for centuries to +keep her subjects on the Pacific islands in partial +ignorance; but this bright boy had an impulse to +learn, to acquire knowledge, to grasp the truth of +life. He had a remarkable memory, and he became +such an apt scholar as to excite wonder. When he +was fourteen years old +he entered the medical +school at Manila. He +lost the favor of the +Church by joining the +Masonic order.</p> + +<p class="figleft"><img src="images/illus_226.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bolder; ">Aguinaldo.</span></p> + +<p>In 1888 he went to +Hong Kong, where was a +Philippine colony. Here +he sought and obtained a +military education, and +studied military works, +and the historical campaigns +of the world's greatest heroes. He learned +Latin, English, French, and Chinese.</p> + +<p>At the breaking out of the insurrection of the +Philippines against Spain in 1896, Aguinaldo +espoused the cause of liberty, and was made an +officer and became a leader. The revolution grew +and affected the native troops, and its spirit filled +the archipelago. It became the purpose of the more +fiery patriots to "drive the Spaniards into the sea."</p> + +<p>Aguinaldo advocated the acceptance of concessions +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span> +by the Spanish Government, by which the +rights of the native races should be recognized and +protected. His policy was accepted, and the insurgents +disbanded. He received Spanish gold to +abandon the war for independence, and fell under +the suspicion that his patriotism was purchasable. +This suspicion has shadowed his fame. He went to +Hong Kong.</p> + +<p>The island Hong Kong, which is English, is a +school of good government. Here Aguinaldo seems +to have conceived an ambition to free the native +races of the archipelago, and form a republic of the +confederated islands. The Spanish-American War +revealed to him an opportunity to strike for liberty. +He said to the Filipinos: "The hour has come."</p> + +<p>The Filipinos looked upon him as the man for +the crisis.</p> + +<p>An article in the Review of Reviews represents +the chief as saying to an American naval officer:</p> + +<p>"There will be war between your country and +Spain, and in that war you can do the greatest deed +in history by putting an end to Castilian tyranny in +my native land. We are not ferocious savages. On +the contrary, we are unspeakably patient and docile. +That we have risen from time to time is no sign of +bloodthirstiness on our part, but merely of manhood +resenting wrongs which it is no longer able to endure. +You Americans revolted for nothing at all +compared with what we have suffered. Mexico and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span> +the Spanish republics rose in rebellion and swept +the Spaniard into the sea, and all their sufferings +together would not equal that which occurs every +day in the Philippines. We are supposed to be living +under the laws and civilization of the nineteenth +century, but we are really living under the practices +of the Middle Ages.</p> + +<p>"A man can be arrested in Manila, plunged into +jail, and kept there twenty years without ever having +a hearing or even knowing the complaint upon +which he was arrested. There is no means in the +legal system there of having a prompt hearing or of +finding out what the charge is. The right to obtain +evidence by torture is exercised by military, civil, +and ecclesiastical tribunals. To this right there is +no limitation, nor is the luckless witness or defendant +permitted to have a surgeon, a counsel, a friend, +or even a bystander to be present during the operation. +As administered in the Philippines one man in +every ten dies under the torture, and nothing is ever +heard of him again. Everything is taxed, so that it +is impossible for the thriftiest peasant farmer or +shopkeeper to ever get ahead in life.</p> + +<p>"The Spanish policy is to keep all trade in the +hands of the Spanish merchants, who come out +here from the peninsula and return with a fortune. +The Government budget for education is no +larger than the sum paid by the Hong Kong authorities +for the support of Victoria College here. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span> +What little education is had in the Philippines is +obtained from the good Jesuits, who, in spite of their +being forbidden to practice their priestly calling in +Luzon, nevertheless devote their lives to teaching +their fellow-countrymen. They carry the same principle +into the Church, and no matter how devout, +able, or learned a Filipino or even a half-breed may +be, he is not permitted to enter a religious order or +ever to be more than an acolyte, sexton, or an insignificant +assistant priest. The State taxes the people +for the lands which it says they own, and which +as a matter of fact they have owned from time immemorial, +and the Church collects rent for the same +land upon the pretext that it belongs to them under +an ancient charter of which there is no record. Neither +life nor limb, liberty nor property have any security +whatever under the Spanish administration."</p> + +<p>Such was his indictment of Spain.</p> + +<p>He began a war for independence from Spain +in the provinces of Luzon. He was an inspiring general +and practically made prisoners of some fifteen +thousand of the Spanish forces. He organized a +Government at least nominally Republican, although +it has been called a dictatorship. The purchase of +the Philippines by the United States, in accordance +with the Treaty of Paris, has been opposed by Aguinaldo +and his followers in a most distressing war. +He has claimed the absolute independence of all the +Philippines, although, so far as our knowledge goes, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span> +his authority does not extend far beyond certain districts +of the Island of Luzon. Without anticipating +the verdict of history upon our relations to the Philippines, +it is enough to add that the bloodshed and +suffering caused by this war are most deplorable.</p> + + + + +<h4>HONG KONG.</h4> + + +<p><span class="smcap">Hong Kong</span> and the China Sea have come to +stand not only for Europe in Asia, but for America +in Asia, though of the latter, Manila is the port. The +center of the world's forces changes, and it is a +strange current of events that has made the China +Sea, with its English port of Hong Kong, and the Luzon +port of Manila, facing each other across the blue +ocean way, the pivotal point of not only England in +China, but of America in the East. The Anglo-Chinese +community in Hong Kong represents the union +of Europe and Asia in the family of nations, and +America joins the world of the higher civilization +at Manila, the scene of Dewey's victory.</p> + +<p>The civilizing history of Hong Kong is largely +associated with Sir John Bowring, whom a large +part of the world recalls merely as a writer of popular +hymns; as, "In the Cross of Christ I Glory."</p> + +<p>The British free traders secured Hong Kong as a +market for the East, and added it to the British<a name="ill231"></a> +Empire in the middle of the century. The Suez +Canal increased the importance of Hong Kong.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_231.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Hong Kong</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span></p> + +<p>Hong Kong, not being an integral part of Asia, +became a place of refugees before its union with +the British Empire. It lay in the route of the British +possessions in Africa, India, and North America. +Its Urasian destiny was seen in the alliance between +Europe and Asia concluded at Canton (1634) between +the East India Company and the Chinese Government. +It then became the vantage ground of the +Anglo-Saxon race. The early English Governors of +Hong Kong made the port the cradle of liberty and +free trade, and a civilizing influence in the East.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span></p> + +<p>The island is some nine miles long and from two +to six miles broad, with a population of more than +one hundred and twenty thousand, most of whom +are Chinese. It was ceded in perpetuity to the British +by the treaty of Nankin in 1843, when its Government +began to be administered by Colonial Governors, +under whom it grew commercially.</p> + +<p>The East India Trade Company had prepared the +way for this little Britain in the East. The United +States in the middle of the century began to trade +at Canton from the ports of Boston and Salem. It +is a very curious and almost forgotten fact that the +first cargoes from New England to Canton consisted +largely of ginseng, a plant now little esteemed, but +which at that time had acquired such a medical reputation +in China as to be almost worth its weight in +gold. The plant was held to be a magical cure for +nearly all diseases and to possess the gift of immortal +youth.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span></p> + +<p>Boston and Salem are still adorned with the tall +and stately mansions of these old merchants, whose +wooden vessels went to the China Sea, at first carrying +ginseng and returning with tea. A writer in +a Boston paper thus pictures this period:</p> + +<p>"The generation that would not have had to look +at a map to find out where Manila was when George +Dewey arrived there, is almost passed away. These +were the great sailors of their time; men who met +emergencies with nerve and overcame tempest and +adversity with equal complacency, who knew the +merchants of Canton and Calcutta as well as the +merchants of Salem and Boston, and whose tempers +were never ruffled if even stress of circumstance compelled +them to put up with a paltry profit of one +hundred per cent. They lived at a time when there +might easily be a fortune in a single freight, and +when one turn round the world might represent +more than a million of money. Most of them lived +before the day of the bill of exchange, and when the +solid old method of carrying specie in the hold was +the familiar business practice. They knew the +pirate of the China Sea and he of Barbary, too, for +it was this old-fashioned system of carrying your +capital with you that made the pirates' life worth +living. They lived before the cable as well, and +from the moment that a ship cleared from Canton +or Manila or Singapore there was no way in the +world for the consignee or the merchant in Boston +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span> +to know what she had on board until she arrived +here to speak for herself. Be it silks or teas or what-not, +the merchant must move quickly to bid or buy, +for the nature and value of the cargo could not have +been discounted in advance, while the ship was skimming +the oceans. Each vessel made her own market, +and the wharf was the market place. It was good +news, indeed, when a captain with a cargo of teas +was informed by his owners, who may have met him +upon the completion of a two years' cruise, that the +price of tea had advanced the day before his arrival. +It was pretty apt to be something in the captain's +own pocket, too, for in those days he was allowed +to carry twenty-five tons of freight for his own private +speculation, and a salary of three hundred dollars +a month in addition was not uncommon. There +are retired captains on Cape Cod and in Salem and +in the suburbs of Boston to-day who earned a competence +in those times of Boston's water-front prosperity. +They became masters sometimes before they +were of age, and occasionally there would be one, +like the late R. B. Forbes, who would become a great +merchant, the head of a famous, wealthy house, +known the world over, almost before he realized how +great was the fortune that had overtaken him. And +there was another very nice thing about those old +days of plenty. If a man came home from China +rich, invested his wealth in a railroad or some +manufacturing or mining project that would be +pretty apt to ruin him, all he would have to do<a name="ill235"></a> +would be to exile himself, under the right auspices, +for another year or two in China, and then return +to his home and friends with his fortunes quite +mended."</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_235.jpg" alt="" title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Iloilo.</span></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span></p> + +<p>The great merchant at Canton at the time of the +Boston commercial period was Honqua. He was +as noble as he was rich, and Mr. Forbes, the famous +old Boston merchant, relates the following story +of him:</p> + +<p>"A New England trader had gone to Canton, and +had been unsuccessful, and owed Honqua one hundred +thousand dollars. He desired to return home, +but could not do so if he discharged the debt. Honqua +heard of his condition, pitied him, and sent for +him.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span></p> + +<p>"'I shall be sorry to part from you,' he said, 'but +I wish you to return as you so desire, happy and +free. Here are all your notes canceled.'"</p> + +<p>Here was superb commercialism.</p> + +<p>The American sovereignty over the Philippine +Islands opens the way to China by the China Sea. +In the progress of events the achievements of Magellan +have led the ships of the West to the East +again, and it is possible that there may yet be great +Mongol emigrations to the western shores of the +southern continent. The lantern or farol of Magellan +was never more prophetic than now. So suggestion +lives.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h4>TRAVELERS' TALES OF THE PHILIPPINES.</h4> + + +<p><span class="smcap">Hong Kong</span> is the market place of the Eastern +world. Here the East and West meet in the airy +bazaars, and from it, it is easy to find one's way to +Luzon, over the bright sea mirrors, the sleepy, +dreamy splendors of the China Sea.</p> + +<p>But few travelers have written books on Luzon, +and those have usually published them in French or +in Spanish. Travelers from the East have, as a rule, +not remained long on the island, where earthquakes, +typhoons, malarial fevers, and the plague itself have +been not unfrequent visitors, and where one welcomes +gratefully the shadows of the night in the +seasons of fervid heat. The rain storms are downpours +and deluges that are blinding, but they leave +behind their inky tracts a paradise of beauty and +bloom.</p> + +<p>The morning on the China Sea in serene weather +is a royal glory. It has the odors of Araby and the +freshness of an Eden. The earth seems waiting. The +sails hang listlessly on the glassy, breathless straits, +and the sun sheds its splendor through the pale blue +air as powerfully as the clouded heavens poured +down the rain.</p> + +<p>The Filipinos are a sensitive race, and many of +them have a keen sense of injustice. Great numbers +of them have a church education, and their views +of the world are bounded by what they have learned +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span> +of India, China, and Malaysia and Iberian peninsula +from the priests of Spain.</p> + +<p>A recent traveler from Manila said to me:</p> + +<p>"The Filipinos have hot blood and are revengeful, +but they are quick to discern justice. A boy who +attended me at the hotel came to me one day +bleeding.</p> + +<p>"'My master has beaten me,' he said, 'with a +rawhide.'</p> + +<p>"'He has abused you,' I said. 'Why?'</p> + +<p>"'He took me into the storeroom and lashed me, +and the rawhide cut me. I bleed.'</p> + +<p>"'Why did he punish you?'</p> + +<p>"'The porter told him he found me neglecting +my work by hiding away and fighting cocks. It was +not true. The porter lied; he hates me.'</p> + +<p>"'Go to the marshal and make a complaint +against the landlord. Go now, before the blood +dries. A master has no right to beat one like that. +It is inhuman. Justice ought to be done.'</p> + +<p>"'But I do not blame <i>him</i>; he is not to blame. +The porter is to blame. The porter lied.'</p> + +<p>"'But the marshal would hardly take up your +case against the porter; he would hold him to be +a person of slight consequence.'</p> + +<p>"'But wrong is wrong whether it be done by a +landlord or his porter. The porter should go to +prison for twenty years!'"</p> + +<p>The case then dropped, but the boy carried a case +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span> +for revenge against the porter in his heart. He was +quick to discern justice.</p> + +<p>Cockfighting is a favorite diversion among the +Filipinos. A traveler says that he has seen Filipinos +going to mass carrying gamecocks under their +arms to set fighting in the cemetery after the +service.</p> + +<p>The brutal sport is a passion, and is to be seen +going on almost everywhere on festal days, and in +the evenings in the cool shadows of awnings and +palms.</p> + +<p>Alfred Marché published a book in Paris in 1887 +entitled Luxon and Palaveran; Six Annes de Voyages +aux Philippines. It contains some vivid pictures +of the natives, of the habits and customs of +the country, of the earthquakes and storms. He describes +the earthquake seasons when the earth trembled, +and the people rushed wildly into the open +courts at the first tremor. As great as the terror +was the Chinese did not leave their merchandise unprotected +for fear of thieves, showing that the trembling +earth did not overcome the nature of the merchant +or the native thief. The one would face death +for his goods and the other for his chance of getting +plunder.</p> + +<p>Monsieur Marché gives some views of the tropic +jungles, one of which is illustrated by a very curious +anecdote and pictorial illustration.</p> + +<p>One day one of his native servants told him that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span> +he had seen in the woods an immense python, which +seemed to have been gorged with some animal that +he had swallowed, and so rendered sluggish and resistless.</p> + +<p>"I should like to see so large a serpent," said the +traveler.</p> + +<p>An hour afterward, while he was sitting in the +shadow of his bungalow, an extraordinary sight met +his eyes. The native had gone into the wood and +had put a cord about the neck of the great serpent +and attached it to the horns of a buffalo, and the +buffalo was dragging the python toward the bungalow. +The python was seven meters long (thirty-nine +inches to a meter), a distended mass of folds and +flesh (page 356, Alfred Marché's Luzon).</p> + +<p>What had he swallowed? What creature was +there inside of him that was about to be digested, +and that so distorted his folds?</p> + +<p>The serpent was harmless in the noose and from +the weight of his meal.</p> + +<p>The traveler severed the python's vertebræ, rendering +it inoffensive, and then made an incision into +its abdomen.</p> + +<p>A surprise followed. Out of the abdomen came a +calf of some months' growth. The animal's legs were +so doubled under its body as to make the latter horizontal. +The serpent was prepared for the museum +of the traveler.</p> + +<p>The same traveler describes earthquakes, after +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span> +which victims were fed by tubes let down under the +ponderous débris.</p> + +<p>One of the most interesting books of travel in +Luzon that we have ever read is entitled Aventures +d'un Gentilhomme Breton aux iles Philippines, par +P. de la Gironière (Paris, 1855). A part of the +work has been translated into English by Frederick +Hardman, and from this translation in part we +select material for a view of the life of the French +savant in Jala-Jala, a very interesting district of the +island. The original French work is very vividly +illustrated. The English abridgment is without +illustrations. (French edition, Boston Public Library, +No. 3040a, 182. English abridgment, 5049a, 69.)</p> + + + + +<h4> +THE ADVENTURES OF DR. DE LA GIRONIÈRE IN LUZON.<br /> +(After Hardman.)<br /> +CHANGING THE HEART OF A BRIGAND.<br /> +</h4> + + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Jala-Jala</span> is a long peninsula, stretching from +north to south into the middle of Bay Lake. The +peninsula is divided longitudinally by a chain of +mountains, which gradually diminish in elevation, +until, for the last three leagues, they dwindle into +mere hills. These mountains, of easy access, are +covered partly with wood and partly with beautiful +pastures, where the grass attains a height of between +one and two yards, and, when waving in the wind, +resembles the waves of the ocean. Finer vegetation +can nowhere be found; it is refreshed by limpid +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span> +springs, flowing from the higher slopes of the mountain +down into the lake. Owing to these pastures, +Jala-Jala is richer in game than any other part of +the island of Luzon. Deer, wild boar, and buffalo, +quails, hens, snipes, pigeons of fifteen or twenty +kinds, parrots; in short, all manner of birds, there +abound. The lake teems with water-fowl, and especially +with wild ducks. Notwithstanding its extent, +the island contains no dangerous or carnivorous +beasts; the worst things to be feared in that way is +the civet, a little animal about the size of a cat, +which attacks only birds; and the monkeys, which +issue from the forest by troops, and lay waste the +maize and sugar fields.</p> + +<p>"The lake, which yields excellent fish, is less +favored than the land; for it contains a great many +caymans, a creature of such enormous size that +in a few minutes it divides a horse piecemeal and +absorbs it into its huge stomach. The accidents +occasioned by these caymans are frequent and terrible, +and I have seen more than one Indian fall +victims to them.</p> + +<p>"At the period of my purchase the only human +inhabitants of Jala-Jala were a few Indians, of +Malay extraction, who lived in the woods and tilled +some nooks of land. At night they were pirates +upon the lake, and they afforded shelter to all the +banditti of the surrounding provinces. The people +at Manila had given me the most dismal account of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span> +the district; according to them, I should soon be +murdered: my turn for adventure was such, that all +their stories, instead of alarming me, only increased +my desire to visit men who were living almost in a +savage state.</p> + +<p>"As soon as I had bought Jala-Jala, I traced for +myself a plan of conduct, having for its object to +attract the banditti to me; to this end, I felt that I +must not appear among them in the character of an +exacting and sordid owner, but in that of a father. +All depended upon the first impressions I should +make upon these Indians, now my vassals. On landing, +I went straight to a little hamlet, composed of +a few cabins.</p> + +<p>"My faithful coachman was with me; we were +each of us armed with a good double-barreled gun, +a brace of pistols, and a saber. I had already ascertained, +from some fishermen, to which Indian I ought +to address myself. This man, who was much respected +by his countrymen, was called, in the Tagal +tongue, <i>Mabutin-Tajo</i>, translatable as <i>The brave and +valiant</i>.</p> + +<p>"He was quite capable of committing, without +the slightest remorse, five or six murders in the +course of a single expedition; but he was brave; and +courage is a virtue before which all primitive races +respectfully bow. My conversation with <i>Mabutin-Tajo</i> +was not long; a few words sufficed to win his +good will, and to convert him into a faithful servant +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span> +for the whole time I dwelt at Jala-Jala. This is how +I spoke to him:</p> + +<p>"'You are a great rascal,' I said; 'I am the lord +of Jala-Jala; it is my will that you amend your conduct; +if you refuse, you shall expiate all your misdeeds. +I want a guard; give me your word of honor +to turn honest man, and I will make you my lieutenant.'</p> + +<p>"When I completed this brief harangue, Alila +(that was the brigand's name) remained for a moment +silent, his countenance indicating deep reflection. +I waited for him to speak; not without a certain +degree of anxiety as to what his answer +would be.</p> + +<p>"'Master!' he at last exclaimed, offering me his +hand and putting one knee to the ground, 'I will be +faithful to you until death!'</p> + +<p>"I was very well pleased with this reply, but I +concealed my satisfaction.</p> + +<p>"''Tis good,' I said; 'to show you that I have +confidence in you, take this weapon, and use it only +against enemies.'</p> + +<p>"I presented him with a Tagal sabre, on which +was inscribed in Spanish: 'Draw me not without +cause, nor sheath me without honor.'</p> + +<p>"This legend I translated into Tagal; Alila +thought it sublime, and swore ever to observe it.</p> + +<p>"'When I go to Manila,' I added, 'I will bring you +epaulets and a handsome uniform; but you must +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span> +lose no time in getting together the soldiers you are +to command, and who will compose my guard. Take +me at once to him among your comrades whom you +think most capable of acting as sergeant.'</p> + +<p>"We walked a short distance to the habitation of +a friend of Alila's, who usually accompanied him +on his piratical expeditions. A few words, in the +same strain as those I had spoken to my future lieutenant, +produced the same effect on his comrade, and +decided him to accept the rank I offered him. We +passed the day recruiting in the various huts, and +before night we had got together, in cavalry, a guard +of ten men, a number I did not wish to exceed. I +took the command as captain.</p> + +<p>"The next day I mustered the population of the +peninsula, and, surrounded by my new guards, I +selected a site for a village, and one for a house for +myself. I gave orders to the fathers of families to +build their cabins upon a line which I marked out, +and I desired my lieutenant to employ all the hands +he could procure in extracting stone, cutting timber, +and preparing everything for my dwelling. My +orders given, I set out for Manila, promising soon +to return. On reaching home, I found my friends +uneasy on my account; for, not having heard from +me, they feared I had fallen victim to the caymans +or the pirates. The narrative of my voyage, my description +of Jala-Jala, far from making my wife +averse to my project of living there, rendered her +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span> +on the contrary impatient to visit our property, and +to settle upon it."</p> + +<p>Dr. de la Gironière lived many years at Jala-Jala +in the peninsula country. He relates many adventures +in the primitive forests, one of which is as +follows:</p> + + + + +<h4>A BUFFALO HUNT IN JALA-JALA.</h4> + + +<p>"<span class="smcap">The</span> Indians consider the pursuit of the buffalo +the most dangerous of all hunts; and my guards +told me they would rather place their naked breast +at twenty paces from a rifle's muzzle than find +themselves at the same distance from a wild buffalo. +The difference is, they say, that a rifle bullet +may only wound, whereas a buffalo's horn is sure +to kill.</p> + +<p>"Taking advantage of their fear of the buffalo, +I one day informed them, with all the coolness I +could assume, of my intention to hunt that animal. +Thereupon they exerted all their eloquence to dissuade +me from my project; they drew a most picturesque +and intimidating sketch of the dangers +and difficulties I should encounter; I, especially, as +one unaccustomed to that sort of fight—for such a +chase is in fact a life or death contest. I would<a name="ill247"></a> +not listen to them. I had declared my will; I would +not discuss the subject, or attend to their advice.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="images/illus_247.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span class="caption">Boats on the River Pasig.</span></p> + +<p>"It was fortunate that I did not; for these affectionate +counsels, these alarming pictures of the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span> +dangers I was about to run, were given and drawn +by way of snare; they had agreed among themselves +to estimate my courage accordingly as I accepted +or avoided the combat. My only reply was +an order to get everything in readiness for the +hunt. I took care that my wife should know nothing +of the expedition, and I set out, accompanied +by a dozen Indians, almost all armed with guns.</p> + +<p>"The buffalo is hunted differently in the plain +and in the mountains. In the plain, all that is +needed is a good horse, agility, and skill in throwing +the lasso. In the mountains, an extraordinary +degree of coolness is requisite. This is how the +thing is done: The hunter takes a gun, upon which +he is sure he can depend, and so places himself that +the buffalo, on issuing from the forest, must perceive +him. The very instant the brute sees you, he +rushes upon you with his very utmost speed, breaking, +crushing, trampling under foot, everything that +impedes his progress. He thunders down upon you +as though he would annihilate you; at a few paces +distance, he pauses for a moment, and presents his +sharp and menacing horns.</p> + +<p>"It is during that brief pause that the hunter +must take his shot, and send a bullet into the center +of his enemy's brow. If unfortunately the gun +misses fire, or if his hand trembles and his ball +goes askew, he is lost—Providence alone can save +him! Such, perhaps, was the fate that awaited me; +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span> +but I was determined to run the chance. We +reached the edge of a large wood, in which we felt +sure that buffaloes were; and there we halted. I +was sure of my gun; I thought myself tolerably sure +of my coolness, and I desired that the hunt should +take place as if I had been a common Indian. I +stationed myself on a spot over which everything +made it probable that the animal would pass, and +I suffered no one to remain near me. I sent every +man to his post, and remained alone on the open +ground, two hundred paces from the edge of the +forest, awaiting a foe who would assuredly show +me no mercy if I missed him.</p> + +<p>"That is certainly a solemn moment in which +one finds himself placed thus between life and +death, all depending on the goodness of a gun, and +on the steadiness of the hand that grasps it. I +quietly waited. When all had taken up their positions, +two men entered the forest, having previously +stripped off a part of their clothes, the better to +climb the trees in case of need. They were armed +only with cutlasses, and accompanied by dogs. For +more than half an hour a mournful silence reigned. +We listened with all our ears, but no sound was +heard.</p> + +<p>"The buffalo is often very long before giving +sign of life. At last the reiterated barking of the +dogs, and the cries of the prickers, warned us that +the beast was afoot. Soon I heard the cracking of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span> +the branches and young trees, which broke before +him as he threaded the forest with frightful rapidity. +The noise of his headlong career was to be +compared only to the gallop of several horses, or to +the rush of some monstrous and fantastical creature; +it was like the approach of an avalanche. At +that moment, I confess, my emotion was so great +that my heart beat with extraordinary rapidity. +Was it death, a terrible death, that thus approached +me? Suddenly the buffalo appeared. He stood for +a moment, glared wildly about him, snuffed the air +of the plain, and then, his nostrils elevated, his +horns thrown back upon his shoulders, charged down +upon me with terrible fury.</p> + +<p>"The decisive moment had come. A victim +there must be—either the buffalo or myself—and +we were both disposed to defend ourselves stoutly. +I should be puzzled to describe what passed within +me during the short time the animal took to traverse +the interval between us. My heart, which had +beat so violently when I heard him tearing through +the forest, no longer throbbed. My eyes were fixed +upon his forehead with such intensity that I saw +nothing else. There was a sort of deep silence +within me. I was too much absorbed to hear anything—even +the baying of the dogs as they followed +their prey at a short distance.</p> + +<p>"At last the buffalo stopped, lowered his head, +and presented his horns; just as he gave a spring I +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span> +fired. My bullet pierced his skull—I was half +saved. He fell to the ground, just a pace in +front of me, with the ponderous noise of a mass +of rock. I put my foot between his horns and was +about to fire my second barrel, when a hollow and +prolonged roar informed me that my victory +was complete. The buffalo was dead. My Indians +came up. Their joy turned to admiration; they +were delighted; I was all that they wished me +to be.</p> + +<p>"Their doubts had been dissipated with the +smoke of my gun; I was brave, I had proved it, and +they had now entire confidence in me. My victim +was cut up, and carried in triumph to the village. +In right of conquest I took his horns; they were six +feet in length; I have since deposited them in the +Nantes museum. The Indians, those lovers of +metaphor, those givers of surnames, thenceforward +called me <i>Malamit Oulou</i>—Tagal words, signifying +'cool head.'"</p> + +<p>The traveler describes the cayman, which is of +enormous size—the whale of the oozy lagoon. He +relates the following adventure with a boa:</p> + + + + +<h4>THE BOA OF LUZON.</h4> + + +<p>"<span class="smcap">The</span> other monster of which I have promised +a description, the boa, is common in the Philippines, +but it is rare to meet with a very large +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span> +specimen. It is possible, even probable, that centuries (?) are +necessary for this reptile to attain its +largest size; and to such an age the various accidents +to which animals are exposed rarely suffer it +to attain. Full-sized boas are met with only in the +gloomiest, most remote, and most solitary forests.</p> + +<p class="figright"><img src="images/illus_253.jpg" alt=" " title=" " /><br /> +<span style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bolder; ">A boa</span></p> + +<p>"I have seen +many boas of ordinary +size, such +as are found in +our European collections. +There +were some, indeed, +that inhabited my +house; and one +night I found one, +two yards long, in +possession of my +bed.</p> + + +<p>"Several times, +passing through +the woods with my Indians, I heard the piercing +cries of a wild boar. On approaching the spot +whence they proceeded we almost invariably found +a wild boar, about whose body a boa had twisted its +folds, and was gradually hoisting him up into the +tree round which it had coiled itself. (See book for +illustration.)</p> + +<p>"When the wild boar had reached a certain +height the snake pressed him against the tree with +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span> +a force that crushed his bones and stifled him. +Then the boa let its prey fall, descended the tree, +and prepared to swallow what it had slain. This +last operation was much too lengthy for us to await +its end.</p> + +<p>"To simplify matters, I sent a ball into the boa's +head. Then my Indian took the flesh to dry (bucanier) +it, and the skin for dagger sheaths. It is +unnecessary to say that the wild boar was not +forgotten. It was a prey that had cost us little +pains.</p> + +<p>"One day an Indian surprised one of these reptiles +asleep, after it had swallowed an enormous +doe deer. Its size was such that a buffalo cart +would have been required to transport it to the village.</p> + +<p>"The Indian cut it in pieces, and contented himself +with as much as he could carry off. I sent for +the remainder. They brought me a piece about +eight feet long, and so large that the skin, when +dried, enveloped the tallest man like a cloak. I +gave it to my friend Lindsay.</p> + +<p>"I had not yet seen one of the full-grown reptiles, +of which the Indians spoke to me so much +(always with some exaggeration), when one afternoon, +crossing the mountains with two shepherds, +our attention was attracted by the sustained barking +of my dogs, who seemed assailing some animal +that stood upon its defense. We at first thought +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span> +it was a buffalo which they had brought to bay, and +approached the spot with precaution.</p> + +<p>"My dogs were dispersed along the brink of a +deep ravine, in which was an enormous boa. The +monster raised his head to a height, of five or six +feet, directing it from one edge to the other of the +ravine, and menacing his assailants with his forked +tongue; but the dogs, more active than he was, easily +avoided his attacks. My first impulse was to +shoot him, but then it occurred to me to take him +alive and send him to France. Assuredly he would +have been the most monstrous boa that had ever +been seen there. To carry out my design, we manufactured +nooses of cane, strong enough to resist the +most powerful wild buffalo. With great precaution +we succeeded in passing one of our nooses +round the boa's neck; then we tied him tightly to a +tree, in such a manner as to keep its head at its +usual height—about six feet from the ground.</p> + +<p>"This done, we crossed to the other side of the +ravine and threw another noose over him, which +we secured like the first. When he felt himself +thus fixed at both ends, he coiled and writhed, and +grappled several little trees which grew within his +reach along the edge of the ravine. Unluckily for +him, everything yielded to his efforts; he tore up +the young trees by the roots, broke off the branches, +and dislodged enormous stones, round which he +sought in vain to obtain the hold or point of resistance +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span> +he needed. The nooses were strong, and withstood +his most furious efforts. To convey an animal +like this several buffaloes and a whole system +of cordage was necessary. Night approached; confident +in our nooses we left the place, proposing to +return next morning and complete the capture—but +we reckoned without our host. In the night +the boa changed his tactics, got his body round +some huge blocks of basalt, and finally succeeded +in breaking his bonds and getting clear off. I was +greatly disappointed, for I doubted whether I +should ever have another chance.</p> + +<p>"Human beings rarely fall victims to these huge +reptiles. I was able to verify but one instance. A +criminal hid from justice in a cavern. His father, +who alone knew of his hiding place, went sometimes +to see him and to take him rice. One day he found, +instead of his son, an enormous boa asleep. He +killed it, and found his son's body in its stomach. +The priest of the village, who went to give the body +Christian burial, and who saw the remains of the +boa, described it to me as of almost incredible size."</p> + + + + +<h4>AN ADVENTURE WITH A MONSTER CAYMAN.</h4> + + +<p>"At the period at which I first occupied my habitation +and began to colonize the village of Jala-Jala, +caymans abounded upon that side of the lake. +From my windows I daily saw them gamboling in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span> +the water, and waylaying and snapping at the dogs +that ventured too near the brink. One day a female +servant of my wife's having been so imprudent +as to bathe at the edge of the lake was surprised +by one of them, a monster of enormous size. One +of my guards came up at the very moment she was +being carried off; he fired his carbine at the brute +and hit it under the fore-leg (the armpit), which is +the only vulnerable place. But the wound was insufficient +to check the cayman's progress, and it disappeared +with its prey. Nevertheless, this little +bullet-hole was the cause of its death; and here it +is to be noted that the slightest wound received +by the cayman is incurable. The shrimps, which +abound in the lake, get into the hurt; little by little +their number increases, until at last they penetrate +deep into the solid flesh and into the very interior +of the body. This is what happened to the one +which devoured my wife's maid. A month after the +accident the monster was found dead upon the bank +five or six leagues from my house. Indians brought +me back the unfortunate woman's earrings, which +they had found in its stomach.</p> + +<p>"Upon another occasion a Chinese was riding +with me. We reached a river, and I let him go on +alone in order to ascertain whether the river was +very deep or not. On a sudden three or four caymans, +which lay in waiting under the water, threw +themselves upon him; horse and Chinese disappeared, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span> +and for some minutes the water was tinged +with blood.</p> + +<p>"I was very curious to obtain a near sight of one +of these voracious monsters. At the time that they +frequented the vicinity of my house I made several +attempts to attain that end. One night I baited a +huge hook, secured by a chain and strong cord, with +an entire sheep. Next morning sheep and chain +had disappeared. I lay in wait for the creatures +with my gun, but the bullets rebounded from their +scales. A large dog, of a race peculiar to the Philippines +and exceeding any European dog in size, +happening to die, I had his carcase dragged to the +shore of the lake; I then hid myself in a little thicket +and waited, with my gun in readiness, the coming +of a cayman. But presently I fell asleep, and when +I awoke the dog had disappeared. It was fortunate +the cayman had not taken the wrong prey.</p> + +<p>"When the colony of Jala-Jala had been a few +years founded, the caymans disappeared from its +neighborhood. I was out one morning with my +shepherds, at a few leagues from my house, when +we came to a river which must be swum across. +One of them advised me to ascend it to a narrower +place, for that it was full of caymans, and I was +about to do so when another Indian, more imprudent +than his companions, spurred his horse into +the stream. 'I do not fear the caymans!' he exclaimed. +But he was scarcely halfway cross when +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span> +we saw a cayman of monstrous size advancing toward +him. We uttered a shout of warning; he at +once perceived the danger, and, to avoid it, got off +his horse at the opposite side to that upon which +the cayman was approaching, and swam with all +his strength toward the bank. On reaching it, he +paused behind a fallen tree trunk, where he had +water to his knees, and where, believing himself in +perfect safety, he drew his cutlass and waited. +Meanwhile the cayman reared his enormous head +out of the water, threw himself upon the horse, and +seized him by the saddle. The horse made an effort, +the girths broke, and, while the cayman crunched +the leather, the steed reached dry land. Perceiving +that the saddle was not what he wanted, the cayman +dropped it and advanced upon the Indian. We +shouted to him to run. The poor fellow would not +stir, but waited calmly, cutlass in hand, and, on the +alligator's near approach, dealt him a blow upon the +head. He might as well have tapped upon an anvil. +The next instant he was writhing in the monster's +jaws. For more than a minute we beheld him +dragged in the direction of the lake, his body erect +above the surface of the water (the cayman had +seized him by the thigh), his hands joined, his eyes +turned to heaven, in the attitude of a man imploring +divine mercy. Soon he disappeared. The +drama was over, the cayman's stomach was his +tomb.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span></p> + +<p>"During this agonizing moment we had all remained +silent, but no sooner had my poor shepherd +disappeared than we vowed we would avenge his +death.</p> + +<p>"I had three nets made of strong cord, each net +large enough to form a complete barrier across the +river. I also had a hut built, and put an Indian to +live in it, whose duty was to keep constant watch +and to let me know as soon as the cayman returned +to the river. He watched in vain for upward of two +months; but at the end of that time he came and +told me that the monster had seized a horse and +dragged it into the river to devour it at leisure. I +immediately repaired to the spot, accompanied by +my guards, by my priest, who positively would see +a cayman hunt, and by an American friend of mine, +Mr. Russell, of the house of Russell and Sturgis, +who was then staying with me. I had the nets +spread at intervals, so that the cayman could not +escape back into the lake. This operation was not +effected without some acts of imprudence; thus, for +instance, when the nets were arranged, an Indian +dived to make sure that they reached the bottom, +and that our enemy could not escape by passing +below them. But it might very well have happened +that the cayman was in the interval between the +nets, and so have gobbled up my Indian. Fortunately +everything passed as we wished. When all +was ready, I launched three pirogues, strongly fastened +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span> +together side by side, with some Indians in +the center, armed with lances, and with tall bamboos +with which they could touch bottom. At last, +all measures having been taken to attain my end +without any risk or accident, my Indians began to +explore the river with their long bamboos.</p> + +<p>"An animal of such formidable size as the one +we sought can not very easily hide himself, and soon +we beheld him upon the surface of the river, lashing +the water with his long tail, snapping and clattering +with his jaws, and endeavoring to get at +those who dared disturb him in his retreat. A universal +shout of joy greeted his appearance; the Indians +in the pirogues hurled their lances at him, +while we, upon either shore of the river, fired a volley. +The bullets rebounded from the monster's +scales, which they were unable to penetrate; the +keener lances made their way between the scales +and entered the cayman's body some eight or ten +inches. Thereupon he disappeared, swimming with +incredible rapidity, and reached the first net.</p> + +<p>"The resistance it opposed turned him; he reascended +the river, and again appeared on the top +of the water. This violent movement broke the +staves of the lances which the Indians had stuck +into him, and the iron alone remained in the +wounds. Each time that he reappeared the firing +recommenced, and fresh lances were plunged into +his enormous body. Perceiving, however, how ineffectual +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span> +firearms were to pierce his cuirass of invulnerable +scales, I excited him by my shouts and +gestures; and when he came to the edge of the +water, opening his enormous jaws all ready to devour +me, I approached the muzzle of my gun to +within a few inches and fired both barrels, in the +hope that the bullets would find something softer +than scales in the interior of that formidable cavern, +and that they would penetrate to his brain. +All was in vain. The jaws closed with a terrible +noise, seizing only the fire and smoke that issued +from my gun, and the balls flattened against his +bones without injuring them. The animal, which +had now become furious, made inconceivable efforts +to seize one of his enemies; his strength seemed to +increase instead of diminishing, while our resources +were nearly exhausted. Almost all our lances were +sticking in his body, and our ammunition drew to +an end. The fight had lasted more than six hours, +without any result that could make us hope its +speedy termination, when an Indian struck the cayman, +while at the bottom of the water, with a lance +of unusual strength and size.</p> + +<p>"Another Indian struck two vigorous blows with +a mace upon the butt end of the lance; the iron +entered deep into the animal's body, and immediately, +with a movement as swift as lightning, he +darted toward the nets and disappeared. The +lance-pole, detached from the iron head, returned +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span> +to the surface of the water; for some minutes we +waited in vain for the monster's reappearance; we +thought that his last effort had enabled him to +reach the lake, and that our chase was perfectly +fruitless. We hauled in the first net, a large hole in +which convinced us that our supposition was correct. +The second net was in the same condition as +the first. Disheartened by our failure, we were +hauling in the third when we felt a strong resistance. +Several Indians began to drag it toward +the bank, and presently, to our great joy, we +saw the cayman upon the surface of the water, expiring.</p> + +<p>"We threw over him several lassos of strong +cords, and when he was well secured we drew him +to land. It was no easy matter to haul him up on +the bank; the strength of forty Indians hardly sufficed. +When at last we had got him completely out +of the water, and had him before our eyes, we stood +stupefied with astonishment; for a very different +thing was it to see his body thus, and to see him +swimming when he was fighting against us. Mr. +Russell, a very competent person, was charged with +his measurement. From the extremity of the nostrils +to the tip of the tail he was found to be <i>twenty-seven +feet</i> long, and his circumference was eleven feet, +measured under the armpits. His belly was much +more voluminous, but we thought it useless to measure +him there, judging that the horse upon which +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span> +he had breakfasted must considerably have increased +his bulk."</p> + + + + +<h4>SWIFTS.</h4> + + +<p>The edible swallows' nests are found in most of +the islands of the Eastern archipelago.</p> + +<p>A traveler, Mr. H. Pryer, who made a visit to one +of the swifts' caves in Borneo, thus describes the +coming and the going of the dusky birds:</p> + +<p>"At a quarter past six in the evening the swifts +began to return to the caves of their nests; a few +had been flying in and out all day long, but now +they began to pour in, at first in tens and then in +hundreds, until the sound of their wings was like +a strong gale of wind whistling through the rigging +of a ship.</p> + +<p>"They continued flying until after midnight. As +long as it remained light I found it impossible to +catch any with my butterfly net, but after dark I +found it only necessary to wave my net to secure +as many as I wanted.</p> + +<p>"They must possess wonderful powers of sight +to fly about in the dark of the recesses of their caves +and to return to their nests, which are often built +in places where no light penetrates."</p> + +<p>The edible nests are a luxury in China, where +they are used in soups. The bird makes her nest +of saliva, and plasters it on to the rocks inside of +caves. The nests are collected by means of boats, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span> +ropes, and ladders, and bring in the Chinese market +from £2 to £7 per pound. There have been imported +to Canton more than eight million nests in a single +year.</p> + +<p>Such are some views of life inside of the vast +possession of the sea which Magellan discovered for +Spain, but which has fallen under the folds of the +flag of the Republic of the West.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">THE END.</p> + +<p> <a name="foot"></a> </p> + + + + +<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3> + + +<p>[A] Vasco da Gama.<a href="#noteA">(Return)</a></p> + +<p>[B] Donna Juana and Don Carlos, her son, by the grace of God, Queen +and King of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the two Sicilies, and Jerusalem, of Navarra, +Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galicia, the Mallorcas, Seville, Sardinia, +Cordova, Corsica, Murcia, Jaen, the Algarves, of Aljazira, Gibraltar, of the +Canary Isles, of the Indies, isles and mainland of the Ocean-sea, Counts of +Barcelona, Lords of Biscay and Molina, Dukes of Athens and Neopatria, +Counts of Roussillon and Cerdana, Marquises of Euristan and Gociano, +Archdukes of Austria, Dukes of Bergona and Brabant, Counts of Flanders +and Tirol, etc.<a href="#noteB">(Return)</a></p> + +<p>[C] This statement there is every reason to believe was +a pure fiction of Da Costa.<a href="#noteC">(Return)</a></p> + +<p>[D] The number was larger, about 270.<a href="#noteD">(Return)</a></p> + +<p>[E] The 10th of August was Wednesday, and Monday was the 8th of<br /> +August: all the other dates of the week and month agree and are<br /> +consistent with each other.<a href="#noteE">(Return)</a></p> + +<p>[F] According to ship's time.<a href="#noteF">(Return)</a></p> + +<p>[G] A regular order of clergy established at Rome in 1524, but which +does not appear to have spread much beyond Italy and France.<a href="#noteG">(Return)</a></p> + +<hr style="width: 100%" /> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + +<p class="center" style="font-size: 10pt">BOOKS BY WILLIAM O. STODDARD.</p> + +<p class="center" style="font-size: 8pt">UNIFORM EDITION. EACH, 12MO, CLOTH, $1.50.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>WITH THE BLACK PRINCE.</i></span> A Story of +Adventure in the Fourteenth Century. Illustrated by B. +West Clinedinst.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">This is a story of adventure and of battle, but it is also an informing presentation +of life in England and some phases of life in France in the fourteenth century. The +hero is associated with the Black Prince at Crécy and elsewhere. Mr. Stoddard has +done his best work in this story, and the absorbing interest of his stirring historical romance +will appeal to all young readers.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>SUCCESS AGAINST ODDS;</i></span><i> or, How an American +Boy made his Way.</i> Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">In this spirited and interesting story Mr. Stoddard tells the adventures of a plucky +boy who fought his own battles, and made his way upward from poverty in a Long +Island seashore town. It is a tale of pluck and self-reliance capitally told. The seashore +life is vividly described, and there are plenty of exciting incidents.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE RED PATRIOT.</i></span> A Story of the American +Revolution. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE WINDFALL;</i></span><i> or, After the Flood.</i> Illustrated +by B. West Clinedinst.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>CHRIS, THE MODEL-MAKER.</i></span> A Story of New +York. With 6 full-page Illustrations by B. West Clinedinst.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>ON THE OLD FRONTIER.</i></span> With 10 full-page +Illustrations.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE BATTLE OF NEW YORK.</i></span> With 11 full-page +Illustrations and colored Frontispiece.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>LITTLE SMOKE.</i></span> A Story of the Sioux Indians. +With 12 full-page Illustrations by F. S. Dellenbaugh, portraits +of Sitting Bull, Red Cloud, and other chiefs, and 72 head and +tail pieces representing the various implements and surroundings +of Indian life.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>CROWDED OUT O' CROFIELD.</i></span> The story of +a country boy who fought his way to success in the great metropolis. +With 23 Illustrations by C. T. Hill.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + +<p class="center" style="font-size: 10pt">GOOD BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE EXPLOITS OF MYLES STANDISH.</i></span> By +<span class="smcap">Henry Johnson</span> (Muirhead Robertson), author of "From +Scrooby to Plymouth Rock," etc. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, +$1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"A vivid picture, keen and penetrating in its interests, and familiarizing young +people in a popular way with the hardships endured by the early settlers of New England"—<i>Boston +Herald.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"All that concerns the settlement at New Plymouth is told with fine skill and vividness +of description.... A book that must be read from cover to cover with unfaltering +interest."—<i>Boston Saturday Evening Gazette.</i></p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>CHRISTINE'S CAREER.</i></span> A Story for Girls. By +<span class="smcap">Pauline King</span>. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, specially bound. +$1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">The story is fresh and modern, relieved by incidents and constant humor, and the +lessons which are suggested are most beneficial.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>JOHN BOYD'S ADVENTURES.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">Thomas +W. Knox</span>, author of "The Boy Travelers," etc. With 12 full-page +Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>ALONG THE FLORIDA REEF.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">Charles +F. Holder</span>, joint author of "Elements of Zoölogy." With +numerous Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>ENGLISHMAN'S HAVEN.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">W. J. Gordon</span>, +author of "The Captain-General," etc. With 8 full-page Illustrations. +12mo. Cloth, $1.50.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>WE ALL.</i></span> A Story of Outdoor Life and Adventure +in Arkansas. By <span class="smcap">Octave Thanet</span>. With 12 full-page Illustrations +by E. J. Austen and Others, 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>KING TOM AND THE RUNAWAYS.</i></span> By +<span class="smcap">Louis Pendleton</span>. The experiences of two boys in the forests +of Georgia. With 6 Illustrations by E. W. Kemble. 12mo. +Cloth, $1.50.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>BOYS IN THE MOUNTAINS AND ON THE +PLAINS;</i></span><i> or, The Western Adventures of Tom Smart, Bob +Edge, and Peter Small.</i> By <span class="smcap">W. H. Rideing</span>, Member of the +Geographical Surveys under Lieutenant Wheeler. With 101 +Illustrations. Square 8vo. Cloth, gilt side and back, $2.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"A handsome gift-book relating to travel, adventure, and field sports in the West."—<i>New +York Times.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"Mr. Rideing's book is intended for the edification of advanced young readers. It +narrates the adventures of Tom Smart, Bob Edge, and Peter Small, in their travels +through the mountainous region of the West, principally in Colorado. The author was +a member of the Wheeler expedition, engaged in surveying the Territories, and his +descriptions of scenery, mining life, the Indians, games, etc., are in a great measure +derived from personal observation and experience. The volume is handsomely illustrated, +and can not but prove attractive to young readers."—<i>Chicago Journal.</i></p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>BOYS COASTWISE;</i></span><i> or, All Along the Shore.</i> By +<span class="smcap">W. H. Rideing</span>, Uniform with "Boys in the Mountains." +With numerous Illustrations. Illuminated boards, $1.75.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"Fully equal to the best of the year's holiday books for boys.... In his present trip +the author takes them among scenes of the greatest interest to all boys, whether residents +on the coast or inland—along the wharves of the metropolis, aboard the pilot-boats +for a cruise, with a look at the great ocean steamers, among the life-saving men, +coast wreckers and divers, and finally on a tour of inspection of lighthouses and lightships, +and other interesting phases of nautical and coast life."—<i>Christian Union.</i></p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE CRYSTAL HUNTERS.</i></span> A Boy's Adventures +in the Higher Alps. By <span class="smcap">George Manville Fenn</span>, author +of "In the King's Name," "Dick o' the Fens," etc. 12mo, +Cloth, $1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"This is the boys' favorite author, and of the many books Mr. Fenn has written +for them this will please them the best. While it will not come under the head of +sensational, it is yet full of life and of those stirring adventures which boys always delight +in."—<i>Christian at Work.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"English pluck and Swiss coolness are tested to the utmost in these perilous explorations +among the higher Alps, and quite as thrilling as any of the narrow escapes +is the account of the first breathless ascent of a real mountain-peak. It matters little to +the reader whether the search for crystals is rewarded or not, so concerned does he become +for the fate of the hunters."—<i>Literary World.</i></p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>SYD BELTON:</i></span><i> The Boy who would not go to Sea.</i> +By <span class="smcap">George Manville Fenn</span>. With 6 full-page Illustrations. +12mo. Cloth, $1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"Who among the young story-reading public will not rejoice at the sight of the old +combination, so often proved admirable—a story by Manville Fenn, illustrated by +Gordon Browne! The story, too, is one of the good old sort, full of life and vigor, +breeziness and fun. It begins well and goes on better, and from the time Syd joins +his ship, exciting incidents follow each other in such rapid and brilliant succession that +nothing short of absolute compulsion would induce the reader to lay it down."—<i>London +Journal of Education.</i></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + +<p class="center" style="font-size: 10pt">YOUNG HEROES OF OUR NAVY.<br /> + +Uniform Edition. Each, 12mo, Cloth, $1.00.</p> + +<p><b>Dewey on the Mississippi.</b></p> + +<p>The Story of the Admiral's Younger Years. By <span class="smcap">Rossiter +Johnson</span>. A New Book in the Young Heroes of our Navy +Series. Illustrated.</p> + +<p><b>The Hero of Erie (Commodore Perry).</b></p> + +<p>By <span class="smcap">James Barnes</span>, author of "Midshipman Farragut," "Commodore +Bainbridge," etc. With 10 full-page Illustrations.</p> + +<p><b>Commodore Bainbridge.</b></p> + +<p>From the Gunroom to the Quarter-deck. By <span class="smcap">James Barnes</span>, +author of "Midshipman Farragut." Illustrated by George +Gibbs and Others.</p> + +<p><b>Midshipman Farragut.</b></p> + +<p>By <span class="smcap">James Barnes</span>, author of "For King or Country," etc. +Illustrated by Carlton T. Chapman.</p> + +<p><b>Decatur and Somers.</b></p> + +<p>By <span class="smcap">Molly Elliot Seawell</span>, author of "Paul Jones," "Little +Jarvis," etc. With 6 full-page Illustrations by J. O. Davidson +and Others.</p> + +<p><b>Paul Jones.</b></p> + +<p>By <span class="smcap">Molly Elliot Seawell</span>. With 8 full-page Illustrations.</p> + +<p><b>Midshipman Paulding.</b></p> + +<p>A True Story of the War of 1812. By <span class="smcap">Molly Elliot Seawell</span>. +With 6 full-page Illustrations.</p> + +<p><b>Little Jarvis.</b></p> + +<p>The story of the heroic midshipman of the frigate Constellation. By +<span class="smcap"> Molly Elliot Seawell</span>. With 6 full-page Illustrations.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<hr style="width: 40%" /> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORK.</p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>PAUL AND VIRGINIA.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">Bernardin de Saint-Pierre</span>. +With a Biographical Sketch, and numerous Illustrations +by Maurice Leloir. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, uniform with +"Picciola," "The Story of Colette," and "An Attic Philosopher +in Paris." $1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">It is believed that this standard edition of "Paul and Virginia" with Leloir's charming +illustrations will prove a most acceptable addition to the series of illustrated foreign +classics in which D. Appleton and Co. have published "The Story of Colette," "An +Attic Philosopher in Paris," and "Picciola." No more sympathetic illustrator than +Leloir could be found, and his treatment of this masterpiece of French literature invests +it with a peculiar value.</p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>PICCIOLA.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">X. B. Saintine</span>. With 130 Illustrations +by <span class="smcap">J. F. Gueldry</span>. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"Saintine's 'Picciola,' the pathetic tale of the prisoner who raised a flower between +the cracks of the flagging of his dungeon, has passed definitely into the list of classic +books.... It has never been more beautifully housed than in this edition, with its fine +typography, binding, and sympathetic illustrations."—<i>Philadelphia Telegraph.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"The binding is both unique and tasteful, and the book commends itself strongly as +one that should meet with general favor in the season of gift-making."—<i>Boston Saturday +Evening Gazette.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"Most beautiful in its clear type, cream-laid paper, many attractive illustrations, +and holiday binding."—<i>New York Observer.</i></p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>AN ATTIC PHILOSOPHER IN PARIS;</i></span><i> or, A +Peep at the World from a Garret.</i> Being the Journal of a +Happy Man. By <span class="smcap">Émile Souvestre</span>. With numerous Illustrations. +8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"A suitable holiday gift for a friend who appreciates refined literature."—<i>Boston +Times.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"The influence of the book is wholly good. The volume is a particularly handsome +one."—<i>Philadelphia Telegraph.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"It is a classic. It has found an appropriate reliquary. Faithfully translated, +charmingly illustrated by Jean Claude with full-page pictures, vignettes in the text, and +head and tail pieces, printed in graceful type on handsome paper, and bound with an +art worthy of Matthews, in half-cloth, ornamented on the cover, it is an exemplary book, +fit to be 'a treasure for aye.'"—<i>New York Times.</i></p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE STORY OF COLETTE.</i></span> A new large-paper +edition. With 36 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"One of the handsomest of the books of fiction for the holiday season."—<i>Philadelphia +Bulletin.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"One of the gems of the season.... It is the story of the life of young womanhood +in France, dramatically told, with the light and shade and coloring of the genuine +artist, and is utterly free from that which mars too many French novels. In its literary +finish it is well-nigh perfect, indicating the hand of the master."—<i>Boston Traveller.</i></p> + +<hr style="width: 40%" /> + +<p class="center">New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE FARMER'S BOY.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">Clifton Johnson</span>, +author of "The Country School in New England," etc. With +64 Illustrations by the Author. 8vo. Cloth, $2.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"One of the handsomest and most elaborate juvenile works lately published."—<i>Philadelphia +Item.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"Mr. Johnson's style is almost rhythmical, and one lays down the book with the +sensation of having read a poem and that saddest of all longings, the longing for +vanished youth."—<i>Boston Commercial Bulletin.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"As a triumph of the realistic photographer's art it deserves warm praise quite +aside from its worth as a sterling book on the subjects its title indicates.... It is a +most praiseworthy book, and the more such that are published the better."—<i>New York +Mail and Express.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"The book is beautiful and amusing, well studied, well written, redolent of the +wood, the field, and the stream, and full of those delightful reminders of a boy's +country home which touch the heart."—<i>New York Independent.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"One of the finest books of the kind that have ever been put out."—<i>Cleveland +World.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"A book on whose pages many a gray-haired man would dwell with retrospective +enjoyment."—<i>St. Paul Pioneer Press.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"The illustrations are admirable, and the book will appeal to every one who has +had a taste of life on a New England farm."—<i>Boston Transcript.</i></p> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE COUNTRY SCHOOL IN NEW ENGLAND.</i></span> +By <span class="smcap">Clifton Johnson</span>. With 60 Illustrations from +Photographs and Drawings made by the Author. Square 8vo. +Cloth, gilt edges, $2.50.</p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"An admirable undertaking, carried out in an admirable way.... Mr. Johnson's +descriptions are vivid and lifelike and are full of humor, and the illustrations, mostly +after photographs, give a solid effect of realism to the whole work, and are superbly +reproduced.... The definitions at the close of this volume are very, very funny, and +yet they are not stupid; they are usually the result of deficient logic."—<i>Boston Beacon.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"A charmingly written account of the rural schools in this section of the country. +It speaks of the old-fashioned school days of the early quarter of this century, of the +mid-century schools, of the country school of to-day, and of how scholars think and +write. The style is animated and picturesque.... It is handsomely printed, and is +interesting from its pretty cover to its very last page."—<i>Boston Saturday Evening +Gazette.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"A unique piece of book-making that deserves to be popular.... Prettily and +serviceably bound, and well illustrated."—<i>The Churchman.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"The readers who turn the leaves of this handsome book will unite in saying the +author has 'been there.' It is no fancy sketch, but text and illustrations are both a +reality."—<i>Chicago Inter-Ocean.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"No one who is familiar with the little red schoolhouse can look at these pictures +and read these chapters without having the mind recall the boyhood experiences, and +the memory is pretty sure to be a pleasant one."—<i>Chicago Times.</i></p> + +<p style="font-size: 8pt">"A superbly prepared volume, which by its reading matter and its beautiful illustrations, +so natural and finished, pleasantly and profitably recalls memories and associations +connected with the very foundations of our national greatness."—<i>N. Y. Observer.</i></p> + +<hr style="width: 40%" /> + +<p class="center">New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>UNCLE REMUS.</i></span><i> His Songs and his Sayings.</i> By +<span class="smcap">Joel Chandler Harris</span>. With new Preface and Revisions, +and 112 Illustrations by A. B. Frost. Library Edition. 12mo. +Buckram, gilt top, uncut, $2.00. Also, <i>Edition de luxe</i> of the +above, limited to 250 copies, each signed by the author, with +the full-page cuts mounted on India paper. 8vo. White vellum, +gilt top, $10.00.</p> + +<div style="font-size: 8pt"> + +<p>"The old tales of the plantation have never been told as Mr. Harris has told them. +Each narrative is to the point, and so swift in its action upon the risibilities of the +reader that one almost loses consciousness of the printed page, and fancies it is the +voice of the lovable old darky himself that steals across the senses and brings mirth +inextinguishable as it comes; ... and Mr. Frost's drawings are so superlatively good, +so inexpressibly funny, that they promise to make this the standard edition of a standard +book."—<i>New York Tribune.</i></p> + +<p>"An exquisite volume, full of good illustrations, and if there is anybody in this +country who doesn't know Mr. Harris, here is an opportunity to make his acquaintance +and have many a good laugh."—<i>New York Herald.</i></p> + +<p>"There is but one 'Uncle Remus,' and he will never grow old.... It was a +happy thought, that of marrying the work of Harris and Frost."—<i>New York Mail +and Express.</i></p> + +<p>"Nobody could possibly have done this work better than Mr. Frost, whose appreciation +of negro life fitted him especially to be the interpreter of 'Uncle Remus,' and +whose sense of the humor in animal life makes these drawings really illustrations in the +fullest sense. Mr. Harris's well-known work has become in a sense a classic, and this +may be accepted as the standard edition."—<i>Philadelphia Times.</i></p> + +<p>"A book which became a classic almost as soon as it was published.... Mr. Frost +has never done anything better in the way of illustration, if indeed he has done anything +as good."—<i>Boston Advertiser.</i></p> + +<p>"We pity the reader who has not yet made the acquaintance of 'Uncle Remus' +and his charming story.... Mr. Harris has made a real addition to literature purely +and strikingly American, and Mr. Frost has aided in fixing the work indelibly on the +consciousness of the American reader."—<i>The Churchman.</i></p> + +<p>"The old fancies of the old negro, dear as they may have been to us these many +years, seem to gain new life when they appear through the medium of Mr. Frost's +imagination."—<i>New York Home Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"In his own peculiar field 'Uncle Remus' has no rival. The book has become a +classic, but the latest edition is the choice one. It is rarely riven to an author to see +his work accompanied by pictures so closely in sympathy with his text."—<i>San Francisco +Argonaut.</i></p> + +<p>"We say it with the utmost faith that there is not an artist who works in illustration +that can catch the attitude and expression, the slyness, the innate depravity, the +eye of surprise, obstinacy, the hang of the head or the kick of the heels of the mute and +the brute creation as Mr. Frost has shown to us here."—<i>Baltimore Sun.</i></p> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 40%" /> + +<p class="center">New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.</p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="center">D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.</p> + +<hr style="width: 70%" /> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE STORY OF WASHINGTON.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">Elizabeth +Eggleston Seelye</span>. Edited by Dr. Edward Eggleston. +With over 100 Illustrations by Allegra Eggleston. A new volume +in the "Delights of History" Series, uniform with "The +Story of Columbus." 12mo. Cloth, $1.75.</p> + +<div style="font-size: 8pt"> + +<p>"One of the best accounts of the incidents of Washington's life for young people."—<i>New +York Observer.</i></p> + +<p>"The Washington described is not that of the demigod or hero of the first half of +this century, but the man Washington, with his defects as well as his virtues, his unattractive +traits as well as his pleasing ones.... There is greater freedom from errors +than in more pretentious lives."—<i>Chicago Tribune.</i></p> + +<p>"The illustrations are numerous, and actually illustrate, including portraits and +views, with an occasional map and minor pictures suggestive of the habits and customs +of the period. It is altogether an attractive and useful book, and one that should find +many readers among American boys and girls."—<i>Philadelphia Times.</i></p> + +<p>"A good piece of literary work presented in an attractive shape."—<i>New York +Tribune.</i></p> + +<p>"Will be read with interest by young and old. It is told with good taste and accuracy, +and if the first President loses some of his mythical goodness in this story, the +real greatness of his natural character stands out distinctly, and his example will be all +the more helpful to the boys and girls of this generation."—<i>New York Churchman.</i></p> + +<p>"The book is just what has been needed, the story of the life of Washington, as +well as of his public career, written in a manner so interesting that one who begins +it will finish, and so told that it will leave not the memory of a few trivial anecdotes by +which to measure the man, but a just and complete estimate of him. The illustrations +are so excellent as to double the value of the book as it would be without them."—<i>Chicago +Times.</i></p> + +</div> + +<p><span style="font-size:14pt"><i>THE STORY OF COLUMBUS.</i></span> By <span class="smcap">Elizabeth +Eggleston Seelye</span>. Edited by Dr. Edward Eggleston. With +100 Illustrations by Allegra Eggleston. "Delights of History" +Series. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75.</p> + +<div style="font-size: 8pt"> + +<p>"A brief, popular, interesting, and yet critical volume, just such as we should wish +to place in the hands of a young reader. The authors of this volume have done their +best to keep it on a high plane of accuracy and conscientious work without losing sight +of their readers."—<i>New York Independent.</i></p> + +<p>"In some respects altogether the best book that the Columbus year has brought +out."—<i>Rochester Post-Express.</i></p> + +<p>"A simple story told in a natural fashion, and will be found far more interesting +than many of the more ambitions works on a similar theme."—<i>New York Journal of +Commerce.</i></p> + +<p>"This is no ordinary work. It is pre-eminently a work of the present time and of +the future as well."—<i>Boston Traveller.</i></p> + +<p>"Mrs. Seelye's book is pleasing in its general effect, and reveals the results of +painstaking and conscientious study."—<i>New York Tribune.</i></p> + +<p>"A very just account is given of Columbus, his failings being neither concealed nor +magnified, but his real greatness being made plain."—<i>New York Examiner.</i></p> + +<p>"The illustrations are particularly well chosen and neatly executed, and they add +to the general excellence of the volume."—<i>New York Times.</i></p> + +</div> + +<hr style="40%" /> +<p class="center">New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.</p> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of Magellan and The +Discovery of the Philippines, by Hezekiah Butterworth + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF MAGELLAN *** + +***** This file should be named 37814-h.htm or 37814-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/8/1/37814/ + +Produced by Charlene Taylor, Eric Skeet, Marilynda +Fraser-Cunliffe and the Online Distributed Proofreading +Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was made using scans +of public domain works from the University of Michigan +Digital Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_004.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f3c562 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_004.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_005.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bef6e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_005.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_019.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_019.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f64875 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_019.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_021.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_021.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a91fa54 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_021.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_026.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_026.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3612dc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_026.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_031.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_031.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b570ad --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_031.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_032.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_032.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2df8f08 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_032.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_033.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_033.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..95d16e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_033.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_037.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_037.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a46f5f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_037.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_038.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_038.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91a0004 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_038.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_042.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_042.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8cb382 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_042.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_045.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_045.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..60f194c --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_045.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_047.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_047.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fedb695 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_047.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_051.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_051.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4823aa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_051.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_055.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_055.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..455a30d --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_055.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_061.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_061.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..43b4335 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_061.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_072.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_072.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..71ed411 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_072.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_076.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_076.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..455d300 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_076.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_079.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_079.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91323cd --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_079.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_097.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_097.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eec932d --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_097.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_099.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_099.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8dee4fc --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_099.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_144.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_144.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..361e93d --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_144.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_163.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_163.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cacc5b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_163.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_202.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_202.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..740f968 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_202.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_210.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_210.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4696b8d --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_210.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_212.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_212.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ac2964 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_212.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_217.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_217.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3743920 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_217.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_226.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_226.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f499441 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_226.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_231.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_231.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..43396b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_231.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_235.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_235.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7db302 --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_235.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_247.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_247.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..20f337a --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_247.jpg diff --git a/37814-h/images/illus_253.jpg b/37814-h/images/illus_253.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a08c60f --- /dev/null +++ b/37814-h/images/illus_253.jpg |
